Document:

Indenture, Dated April 19, 2011

 Exhibit 4.6 
 EXECUTION VERSION 
  

 

 
 BURGER KING
CAPITAL HOLDINGS, LLC 
 BURGER KING CAPITAL FINANCE, INC. 

AND 

WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, 
 AS TRUSTEE 
 11% Senior Discount Notes due 2019 

 
  

 
 INDENTURE

 Dated as of April 19, 2011 
  

 

 
  

 

 

 Table of Contents 

 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
		
	 ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	  	1
			
	 SECTION 1.1.
	  	 Definitions
	  	1
	 SECTION 1.2.
	  	 Other Definitions
	  	36
	 SECTION 1.3.
	  	 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act
	  	39
	 SECTION 1.4.
	  	 Rules of Construction
	  	39
		
	 ARTICLE II THE NOTES
	  	40
			
	 SECTION 2.1.
	  	 Form, Dating and Terms
	  	40
	 SECTION 2.2.
	  	 Execution and Authentication
	  	48
	 SECTION 2.3.
	  	 Registrar and Paying Agent
	  	49
	 SECTION 2.4.
	  	 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust
	  	50
	 SECTION 2.5.
	  	 Holder Lists
	  	50
	 SECTION 2.6.
	  	 Transfer and Exchange
	  	51
	 SECTION 2.7.
	  	 Form of Certificate to be Delivered upon Termination of Restricted Period
	  	55
	 SECTION 2.8.
	  	 Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Institutional Accredited Investors
	  	56
	 SECTION 2.9.
	  	 Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S
	  	58
	 SECTION 2.10.
	  	 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes
	  	59
	 SECTION 2.11.
	  	 Outstanding Notes
	  	60
	 SECTION 2.12.
	  	 Temporary Notes
	  	61
	 SECTION 2.13.
	  	 Cancellation
	  	61
	 SECTION 2.14.
	  	 Payment of Cash Interest; Defaulted Interest
	  	62
	 SECTION 2.15.
	  	 CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers
	  	63
		
	 ARTICLE III COVENANTS
	  	63
			
	 SECTION 3.1.
	  	 Payment of Notes
	  	63
	 SECTION 3.2.
	  	 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock
	  	63
	 SECTION 3.3.
	  	 Limitation on Restricted Payments
	  	70
	 SECTION 3.4.
	  	 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	80
	 SECTION 3.5.
	  	 Limitation on Asset Sales
	  	82
	 SECTION 3.6.
	  	 Limitation on Liens
	  	85
	 SECTION 3.7.
	  	 Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries
	  	86
	 SECTION 3.8.
	  	 Transactions with Affiliates
	  	87
	 SECTION 3.9.
	  	 Limitation on Activities of Subsidiaries of the Company That Are Direct or Indirect Parents of BKC
	  	89

  
 i 

					
	 	  	 	  	 Page

			
	 SECTION 3.10.
	  	 Change of Control
	  	90
	 SECTION 3.11.
	  	 Reports and other information
	  	92
	 SECTION 3.12.
	  	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	94
	 SECTION 3.13.
	  	 Corporate Existence
	  	94
	 SECTION 3.14.
	  	 Payment of Taxes
	  	95
	 SECTION 3.15.
	  	 Payments for Consent
	  	95
	 SECTION 3.16.
	  	 Compliance Certificate
	  	95
	 SECTION 3.17.
	  	 Further Instruments and Acts
	  	95
	 SECTION 3.18.
	  	 Limitation on Lines of Business
	  	95
	 SECTION 3.19.
	  	 Statement by Officers as to Default
	  	95
	 SECTION 3.20.
	  	 Suspension of Certain Covenants
	  	96
		
	 ARTICLE IV SUCCESSOR COMPANY
	  	97
			
	 SECTION 4.1.
	  	 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets
	  	97
		
	 ARTICLE V REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES
	  	98
			
	 SECTION 5.1.
	  	 Notices to Trustee
	  	98
	 SECTION 5.2.
	  	 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased
	  	99
	 SECTION 5.3.
	  	 Notice of Redemption
	  	99
	 SECTION 5.4.
	  	 Effect of Notice of Redemption
	  	100
	 SECTION 5.5.
	  	 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price
	  	100
	 SECTION 5.6.
	  	 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part
	  	101
	 SECTION 5.7.
	  	 Optional Redemption
	  	101
	 SECTION 5.8.
	  	 Mandatory Redemption
	  	102
		
	 ARTICLE VI DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	  	102
			
	 SECTION 6.1.
	  	 Events of Default
	  	102
	 SECTION 6.2.
	  	 Acceleration
	  	105
	 SECTION 6.3.
	  	 Other Remedies
	  	105
	 SECTION 6.4.
	  	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	106
	 SECTION 6.5.
	  	 Control by Majority
	  	106
	 SECTION 6.6.
	  	 Limitation on Suits
	  	106
	 SECTION 6.7.
	  	 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment
	  	107
	 SECTION 6.8.
	  	 Collection Suit by Trustee
	  	107
	 SECTION 6.9.
	  	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	107
	 SECTION 6.10.
	  	 Priorities
	  	107
	 SECTION 6.11.
	  	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	108
		
	 ARTICLE VII TRUSTEE
	  	108
			
	 SECTION 7.1.
	  	 Duties of Trustee
	  	108
	 SECTION 7.2.
	  	 Rights of Trustee
	  	109
	 SECTION 7.3.
	  	 Individual Rights of Trustee
	  	111

  
 ii 

					
	 	  	 	  	 Page

			
	 SECTION 7.4.
	  	 Trustee’s Disclaimer
	  	111
	 SECTION 7.5.
	  	 Notice of Defaults
	  	111
	 SECTION 7.6.
	  	 Reports by Trustee to Holders
	  	111
	 SECTION 7.7.
	  	 Compensation and Indemnity
	  	112
	 SECTION 7.8.
	  	 Replacement of Trustee
	  	113
	 SECTION 7.9.
	  	 Successor Trustee by Merger
	  	113
	 SECTION 7.10.
	  	 Eligibility; Disqualification
	  	114
	 SECTION 7.11.
	  	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers
	  	114
	 SECTION 7.12.
	  	 Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Issuers
	  	114
		
	 ARTICLE VIII LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	  	114
			
	 SECTION 8.1.
	  	 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance; Defeasance
	  	114
	 SECTION 8.2.
	  	 Legal Defeasance and Discharge
	  	115
	 SECTION 8.3.
	  	 Covenant Defeasance
	  	115
	 SECTION 8.4.
	  	 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance
	  	116
	 SECTION 8.5.
	  	 Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	  	117
	 SECTION 8.6.
	  	 Repayment to the Issuer
	  	118
	 SECTION 8.7.
	  	 Reinstatement
	  	118
		
	 ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS
	  	118
			
	 SECTION 9.1.
	  	 Without Consent of Holders
	  	118
	 SECTION 9.2.
	  	 With Consent of Holders
	  	120
	 SECTION 9.3.
	  	 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act
	  	121
	 SECTION 9.4.
	  	 Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers
	  	121
	 SECTION 9.5.
	  	 Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	  	122
	 SECTION 9.6.
	  	 Trustee to Sign Amendments
	  	122
		
	 ARTICLE X GUARANTEE
	  	122
			
	 SECTION 10.1.
	  	 Guarantee
	  	122
	 SECTION 10.2.
	  	 Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge
	  	125
	 SECTION 10.3.
	  	 Right of Contribution
	  	126
	 SECTION 10.4.
	  	 No Subrogation
	  	126
		
	 ARTICLE XI RESERVED
	  	127
		
	 ARTICLE XII SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	  	127
			
	 SECTION 12.1.
	  	 Satisfaction and Discharge
	  	127
	 SECTION 12.2.
	  	 Application of Trust Money
	  	128
		
	 ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS
	  	129
			
	 SECTION 13.1.
	  	 Trust Indenture Act Controls
	  	129

  
 iii

					
	 	  	 	  	 Page

			
	 SECTION 13.2.
	  	 Notices
	  	129
	 SECTION 13.3.
	  	 Communication by Holders with other Holders
	  	130
	 SECTION 13.4.
	  	 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent
	  	130
	 SECTION 13.5.
	  	 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion
	  	130
	 SECTION 13.6.
	  	 When Notes Disregarded
	  	131
	 SECTION 13.7.
	  	 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar
	  	131
	 SECTION 13.8.
	  	 Legal Holidays
	  	131
	 SECTION 13.9.
	  	 GOVERNING LAW
	  	131
	 SECTION 13.10.
	  	 USA Patriot Act
	  	131
	 SECTION 13.11.
	  	 No Recourse Against Others
	  	132
	 SECTION 13.12.
	  	 Successors
	  	132
	 SECTION 13.13.
	  	 Multiple Originals
	  	132
	 SECTION 13.14.
	  	 [Reserved]
	  	132
	 .
	  	 132
	  	
	 SECTION 13.15.
	  	 Table of Contents; Headings
	  	132
	 SECTION 13.16.
	  	 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL
	  	132
	 SECTION 13.17.
	  	 Force Majeure
	  	132
	 SECTION 13.18.
	  	 [Reserved]
	  	132

  

			
	EXHIBIT A	 	Form of Series A Note
	EXHIBIT B	 	Form of Series B Note
	EXHIBIT C	 	Form of Indenture Supplement to Add Subsidiary Guarantors to Guarantee Notes

  
 iv 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

 

			
	 TIA
 Section
	 	 Indenture

Section

		
	 310(a)(1)
	 	7.10
	 (a)(2)
	 	7.10
	 (a)(3)
	 	N.A.
	 (a)(4)
	 	N.A.
	 (a)(5)
	 	7.10
	 (b)
	 	7.3; 7.8; 7.10
	 (c)
	 	7.10
	 311(a)
	 	7.11
	 (b)
	 	7.11
	 (c)
	 	N.A.
	 312(a)
	 	2.5
	 (b)
	 	13.3
	 (c)
	 	13.3
	 313(a)
	 	7.6
	 (b)(1)
	 	7.6; 11.2
	 (b)(2)
	 	7.6; 11.2
	 (c)
	 	7.6; 11.2
	 (d)
	 	7.6
	 314(a)
	 	3.11; 3.16; 13.5
	 (b)
	 	11.2(b)
	 (c)(1)
	 	13.4
	 (c)(2)
	 	13.4
	 (c)(3)
	 	N.A.
	 (d)
	 	11.2; 11.6(b)
	 (e)
	 	13.5
	 315(a)
	 	7.1
	 (b)
	 	7.5; 13.2
	 (c)
	 	7.1
	 (d)
	 	7.1
	 (e)
	 	6.11
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	 	13.6
	 (a)(1)(A)
	 	6.5
	 (a)(1)(B)
	 	6.4
	 (a)(2)
	 	N.A.
	 (b)
	 	6.7
	 (c)
	 	6.5
	 317(a)(1)
	 	6.8
	 (a)(2)
	 	6.9
	 (b)
	 	2.4
	 318(a)
	 	13.1

 N.A. means Not Applicable. 
 Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 

  
 v 

 INDENTURE dated as of April 19, 2011, among BURGER KING CAPITAL HOLDINGS, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), BURGER KING CAPITAL FINANCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“BK Finance” and, together with the Company, the “Issuers”), and WILMINGTON TRUST FSB
(the “Trustee”), as Trustee. 
 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the
equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (i) the Issuers’ 11% Senior Discount Notes, Series A, due 2019, issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Notes”) and (ii) if and when issued, an unlimited principal amount of
additional 11% Senior Discount Notes, Series A, due 2019 in a non-registered offering or 11% Senior Discount Notes, Series B, due 2019 in a registered offering that may be offered from time to time subsequent to the Issue Date, in each case subject
to Section 2.1 (the “Additional Notes” and, together with the Initial Notes, the “Notes”) as provided in Section 2.1(a): 

ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 SECTION 1.1. Definitions. 
 “2018 Notes” means the $800.0
million 9•% Notes due 2018 issued on October 19, 2010. 
 “2018 Notes Indenture” means the indenture,
dated as of October 19, 2010, pursuant to which the 2018 Notes were issued. 
 “Accreted Value” means, as
of any date (the “Specified Date”), the amount provided below for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of Notes: 
 (i) if the Specified Date occurs on one of the following dates (each, a “Semi-Annual Accrual Date”), the Accreted Value will equal the amount set forth below for such Semi-Annual Accrual
Date: 
  

					
	 Semi-Annual Accrual Date
	  	Accreted Value	 
	 Issue Date
	  	$	586.13	  
	 August 15, 2011
	  	$	617.63	  
	 February 15, 2012
	  	$	651.60	  
	 August 15, 2012
	  	$	687.44	  
	 February 15, 2013
	  	$	725.25	  
	 August 15, 2013
	  	$	765.13	  
	 February 15, 2014
	  	$	807.22	  
	 August 15, 2014
	  	$	851.61	  
	 February 15, 2015
	  	$	898.45	  
	 August 15, 2015
	  	$	947.87	  
	 February 15, 2016
	  	$	1,000.00	  

 (ii) if the Specified Date occurs before the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, the Accreted
Value will equal the sum of (a) the original issue price (for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity) of a Note and (b) the amount equal to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date less such
original issue price multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the Issue Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is the number of days from the
Issue Date to the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months; 
 (iii) if the Specified Date
occurs between two Semi-Annual Accrual Dates, the Accreted Value will equal the sum of (a) the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date and (b) an amount equal to the product of (x) the
Accreted Value for the immediately following Semi-Annual Accrual Date less the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days
from the immediately preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is 180; or 
 (iv) if the Specified Date occurs on or after April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value will equal $1,000. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means with respect to any specified Person, 
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection
with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; and 
 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 
 “Acquisition” means the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For
purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the greater of: 

(1) 1.0% of the Accreted Value of such Note; and 

(2) the excess, if any, of: (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such
Note at April 15, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in 

  
 2 

 
the table appearing in Section 5.7(d)), plus (ii) all interest to accrete on such Note through April 15, 2015, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as
of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the Accreted Value of such Note at the Redemption Date. 

“Asset Sale” means: 
 (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction)
of the Company (other than any Equity Interests of the Company) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or 

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 3.2 or directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions in each
case, other than: 
  

	 	(a)	any disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete or worn out equipment in the ordinary course of business or any disposition of inventory
or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (it being understood that the sale of inventory or goods (or other assets other than real property
interests) in bulk in connection with the closing of any number of retail locations in the ordinary course of business shall be considered a sale in the ordinary course of business); 

 

	 	(b)	the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of either of the Issuers in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 4.1 or any disposition that
constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture; 

  

	 	(c)	the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 3.3 and the making of any Permitted Investments;

  

	 	(d)	any disposition of assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary in any transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate fair
market value of less than $5.0 million; 

  

	 	(e)	any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

  

	 	(f)	to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar
Business; 

  
 3 

	 	(g)	the lease, assignment, sub-lease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business; 

 

	 	(h)	any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 

 

	 	(i)	foreclosures, condemnation or any similar action on assets; 

  

	 	(j)	any disposition of Securitization Assets, or participations therein, in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing, or the disposition of an account
receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business; 

  

	 	(k)	the granting of a Lien that is permitted by Section 3.6; 

  

	 	(l)	the sale or issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock that is permitted by Section 3.2; 

 

	 	(m)	any financing transaction with respect to property constructed, acquired, replaced, repaired or improved (including any reconstruction, refurbishment, renovation and/or
development of real property) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after October 19, 2010, including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions and asset securitizations, permitted by the Indenture; 

 

	 	(n)	any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of
business; and 

  

	 	(o)	sales, transfers, leases or other dispositions of restaurants and related assets (other than the Core Marks (except to the extent licensed for the operation of such
restaurants and related assets)) to Franchisees, including through the sale of Equity Interests of Persons owning such assets; provided that the aggregate fair market value of all owned real property sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to
Franchisees shall not exceed $50.0 million pursuant to this clause. 

 “Bankruptcy Code” means
Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means the Bankruptcy Code and any similar
federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors. 
 “BKC” means Burger King Corporation, a Florida
corporation. 
 “Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of a Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee. 

  
 4 

 “Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday. 

“Capital Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 
 (2) in
the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses
of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any
determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with
GAAP. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) United States dollars, 
 (2) (a) euro, or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU, or (b) any other foreign currency held by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course
of business; 
 (3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S.
government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; 

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date
of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0
million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks, and in each case in a currency permitted under clause (1) or (2) above; 

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) entered into
with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above, and in each case in a currency permitted under clause (1) or (2) above; 

  
 5 

 (6) commercial paper rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by
S&P and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation thereof, and in each case in a currency permitted under clause (1) or (2) above; 

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar securities having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either
Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another Rating Agency) and in each case maturing within 24 months after the date of creation
thereof and in a currency permitted under clause (1) or (2) above; 
 (8) investment funds investing
95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above; 
 (9)
readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P with maturities
of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition; 
 (10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with
a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition and in each case in a currency permitted under clause (1) or (2) above;

 (11) Investments with average maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market
funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s and in each case in a currency permitted under clause (1) or (2) above; and 

(12) credit card receivables and debit card receivables so long as such are considered cash equivalents under GAAP and are
so reflected on the Company’s balance sheet. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in
currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten Business
Days following the receipt of such amounts. 
 “Cash Management Services” means any of the following to the
extent not constituting a line of credit (other than an overnight overdraft facility that is not in default): ACH transactions, treasury and/or cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, overdraft
facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services. 
 “Change of
Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 
 (1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a
series of related transactions (other than by way of merger or consolidation), of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than to (i) one or more Permitted Holders or
(ii) any Subsidiary Guarantor; or 

  
 6 

 (2) either of the Issuers becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other
filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor
provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a
related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of 50% or more of the total
voting power of the Voting Stock of either of the Issuers or any of their direct or indirect parent companies holding directly or indirectly 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of either of the Issuers; 

(3) the Company ceases to be a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of Parent (except in a transaction consummated in accordance with
the covenant described in Section 4.1); or 
 (4) the Company ceases to beneficially own 100% of the
issued and outstanding common stock of BKC or any Change of Control under the 2018 Notes Indenture occurs. 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto. 

“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount
of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of deferred financing fees, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the
extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts
and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging
Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (e) net payments, if any, pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and
excluding (v) penalties and interest related to taxes, (w) any additional interest with respect to the 2018 Notes, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, discounted liabilities, commissions, fees and
expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Securitization Facility); plus 

  
 7 

 (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less 
 (3) interest income for such period. 

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably
determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income, of such
Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication, 

(1) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains or losses, costs, charges or expenses (less
all fees and expenses relating thereto) (including any such amounts relating to the Transactions to the extent incurred on or prior to the date that is the one year anniversary of October 19, 2010), severance, relocation costs and curtailments
or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded; 
 (2) the Net Income
for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period; 

(3) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations and any net after-tax
gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations shall be excluded; 
 (4) any net
after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions (including sales or other dispositions of assets under a Securitization Facility) other than in the ordinary course of business, as
determined in Good Faith by the Company, shall be excluded; 
 (5) the Net Income for such period of any Person
that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of the Company or BKC, as applicable, shall be increased by the amount
of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period
(without duplication for purposes of Section 3.3 of any amounts included in Section 3.3(a)(C)(iv)(a)); 
 (6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 3.3(a)(C)(i), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any
Subsidiary Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent the 

  
 8 

 
declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval
(which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, is otherwise restricted by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that
Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions (x) has been legally waived or (y) is permitted by Section 3.4 of this Indenture; provided
that Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in
respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein; 
 (7) effects of adjustments (including the
effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in such Person’s consolidated financial statements, including adjustments to the inventory, property and equipment, software and other intangible assets
(including favorable and unfavorable leases and contracts), deferred revenue and debt line items in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the
Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or write-off or write-down of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded; 
 (8) any after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or cancellation of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; 

(9) any impairment charge, asset write-off or write-down, in each case pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of
intangibles and other assets (including alcoholic beverage licenses) arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded; 

(10) any (i) non-cash compensation charge or expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights,
stock options, restricted stock or other rights and (ii) income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts shall be excluded; 
 (11) any fees and expenses incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness,
issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, including any such transaction consummated prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed) and
any charges or non-recurring costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded; 
 (12) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after October 19, 2010 that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP, shall be
excluded; 

  
 9 

 (13) any net unrealized gain or loss resulting from currency translation
gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any unrealized net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk); and 

(14) any net unrealized gains and losses resulting from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar
accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements shall be excluded; 
 In addition, to the extent not already included in the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall
include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any
sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under the Indenture. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for
the purpose of Section 3.3 only (other than Section 3.3(a)(C)(iv)), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under
Section 3.3(a)(C)(iv). 
 “Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination,
the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is secured by Liens as of the end of the most recent fiscal period for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding
the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur to (2) the Company’s EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding
the date on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions
set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 
 “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at
any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations
in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments (and including, for the avoidance of doubt, all obligations relating to Qualified Securitization Financings) and (2) the
aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Company and all Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the
greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated 

  
 10 

 
basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries under any revolving credit facility or line of credit as at any date of determination
shall be determined using the Average Quarterly Balance of such Indebtedness for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available as of such date of determination (the “Reference Period”).

 For purposes hereof, (a) the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total
Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably
and in Good Faith by the Company, (b) “Average Quarterly Balance” means, with respect to any Indebtedness incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under a revolving facility or line of credit, the quotient of
(x) the sum of each Individual Quarterly Balance for each fiscal quarter ended on or prior to such date of determination and included in the Reference Period divided by (y) 4, and (c) “Individual Quarterly Balance” means,
with respect to any Indebtedness incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under a revolving credit facility or line of credit during any fiscal quarter of the Company, the quotient of (x) the sum of the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of all such Indebtedness at the end of each day of such quarter divided by (y) the number of days in such fiscal quarter. 
 “Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness
(“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, 

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, 

(2) to advance or supply funds 
  

	 	(a)	for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or 

  

	 	(b)	to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, or

 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner
of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 
 “Core Marks” has the meaning set forth in the Senior Credit Facilities. 
 “Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities, or other financing
arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other indebtedness, including any notes,

  
 11 

 
mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or
refunding thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or
refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 3.2) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as
additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or investor or group of lenders or investors. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking
of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default shall be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default. 

“Definitive Notes” means certificated Notes. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so
designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in
connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 
 “Designated Preferred
Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company or any parent company thereof (in each case other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established
by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company or the applicable parent company thereof, as the case
may be, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 3.3(a)(C). 
 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it
is putable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the
option of the holder thereof (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer
outstanding; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely
because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. 

  
 12 

 “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective
successors and assigns, or such other depository institution hereinafter appointed by the Issuer. 
 “EBITDA”
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period 
  

	 	(1)	increased (without duplication) by: 

  

	 	(a)	provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes of such
Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 

  

	 	(b)	Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (including (x) net losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of
hedging interest rate risk and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, plus amounts excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses 1(x) through 1(z) thereof, to the
extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

  

	 	(c)	Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense of such Person for such period to the extent the same were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated
Net Income; plus 

  

	 	(d)	any expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition,
recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including 

(i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Senior Credit Facilities and any Securitization Fees,
and, 
 (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes, the Senior Credit Facilities and any Securitization Fees, in each
case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus 
  

	 	(e)	 the amount of any restructuring charge or reserve, integration cost or other business optimization expense or cost associated with establishing new
facilities that is certified by the chief financial officer of the Company and deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions after
October 19, 2010 and costs related to the closure and/or consolidation of facilities; provided that the aggregate amount of all charges, expenses, costs and losses added back under this clause (e) in any period of four consecutive fiscal
quarters shall not exceed (x) 15% of EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters completed on or 

  
 13 

	 	
prior to the first anniversary of October 19, 2010 or (y) 10% of EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters completed thereafter; provided, further, that the cap under
this clause (y) for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters completed on or prior to the second anniversary of October 19, 2010 shall be increased up to 15% of EBITDA, but only to the extent the aggregate amount added back under
this clause (e) for the corresponding period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the previous fiscal year was less than 15% of Consolidated EBITDA; plus 

 

	 	(f)	any other non-cash charges, expenses or losses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (including any impairment charges or the impact of purchase accounting),
excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period; plus 

  

	 	(g)	the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to
the Sponsor to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 3.8; plus 

  

	 	(h)	the amount of “run-rate” cost savings projected by the Company in good faith and certified by the chief financial officer of the Company to be realized as a
result of specified actions either taken or initiated prior to or during such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized or
expected to be realized prior to or during such period from such actions; provided that (A) the chief financial officer of the Company shall have certified that (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable, reasonably attributable to
the actions specified and reasonably anticipated to result from such actions and (y) such actions have been taken or initiated and the benefits resulting therefrom are anticipated by the Company to be realized within 12 months, (B) no cost
savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (h) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings that are included in clause (e) above with respect to such period or duplicative of any pro forma
adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” and (C) the aggregate amount of cost savings added pursuant to this clause (h) shall not exceed 10% of EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal
quarters; plus 

  

	 	(i)	the amount of loss on sale of Securitization Assets and related assets to the Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing; plus

  

	 	(j)	 any costs or expense incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other
management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or 

  
 14 

	 	
expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to
the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 3.3(a)(C); plus 

  

	 	(k)	cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing EBITDA or Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains
relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of EBITDA pursuant to clause (2) below for any previous period and not added back; plus 

  

	 	(l)	any net loss included in the consolidated financial statements due to the application of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160 “Non-controlling Interests in
Consolidated Financial Statements (“FAS 160”); plus 

  

	 	(m)	rent expense as determined in accordance with GAAP not actually paid in cash during such period (net of rent expense paid in cash during such period over and above rent
expense as determined in accordance with GAAP); plus 

  

	 	(n)	realized foreign exchange losses resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus 

  

	 	(o)	net realized losses from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standard Codification
Topic 815 and related pronouncements; 

 (2) decreased (without duplication) by: (a) non-cash
gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced EBITDA in any prior period and any
non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase EBITDA in such prior period; plus (b) realized foreign exchange income or gains resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes
on the valuation of assets or liabilities on the balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus (c) any net realized income or gains from Hedging Obligations or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment
and the application of Accounting Standard Codification Topic 815 and related pronouncements, plus (d) any net income included in the consolidated financial statements due to the application of FAS 160, plus (e) rent expense actually paid
in cash during such period (net of rent expense paid in cash during such period in an amount equal to rent expense determined in accordance with GAAP), and 
 (3) increased or decreased by (without duplication), as applicable, any adjustments resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 460 or any comparable regulation. 

  
 15 

 “EMU” means economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on
European Union. 
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire
Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock. 
 “Equity
Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than: 

(1) public offerings with respect to the Company’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form
S-4 or Form S-8; 
 (2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company; and 

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution. 

“euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC
promulgated thereunder. 
 “Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified
Proceeds received by the Company from: 
 (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and 

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other
management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company, 
 in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company on the date such capital contributions are made or
the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 3.3(a)(C). 
 “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Issuer ending on December 31 of each year or such other date as the board of directors of the Issuer may approve. 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person for
such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred under any
revolving credit facility unless such indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) or issues or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio is being calculated but 

  
 16 

 
prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as
if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of making the computation
referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the four-quarter
reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions,
dispositions, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since
the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition,
disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operations that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such
Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operations had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be (x) made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer
of the Company or BKC, as applicable (and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, cost savings and operating expense reductions resulting from such Investment, acquisition, merger or consolidation (including the Transactions) or discontinued
operations which is being given pro forma effect that have been or are expected to be realized or (y) determined in accordance with Regulation S-X. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the
interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such
Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized
Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance
of such Indebtedness during the applicable period except as set forth in the first paragraph of this definition. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a
eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company or BKC, as applicable, may designate. 

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of: 

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period; 

  
 17 

 (2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items
eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and 
 (3) all cash dividends
or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period. 
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof,
the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof and any Restricted Subsidiary of such Foreign Subsidiary. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States which were in effect on October 19,
2010. 
 “Good Faith by the Company” means the decision in good faith by a responsible financial officer of the
Company; provided that (a) if such decision involves a determination of fair market value in excess of $7.5 million, the decision is made in good faith by the Senior Management of the Company and (b) if such decision involves a
determination of fair market value in excess of $25.0 million, the decision is made in good faith by the board of directors of the Company. 
 “Government Securities” means securities that are: 

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is
pledged; or 
 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality
of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, 
 which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the
Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt;
provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or
the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt. 

“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course
of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. 

  
 18 

 “Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Subsidiary Guarantor of the
Issuers’ Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes. 
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to
any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contract,
currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally or under specific contingencies. 

“Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the registrar’s books. 

“Holdings” means Burger King Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 

“IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or
(7) under the Securities Act. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

 (1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent: 

 

	 	(a)	in respect of borrowed money; 

  

	 	(b)	evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in
respect thereof); 

  

	 	(c)	representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations), except (i) any such balance that
constitutes an obligation in respect of a commercial letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case accrued in the ordinary course of business (and with respect to commercial letters of credit repaid in a
timely manner) and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and is not paid after becoming due and payable; or 

 

	 	(d)	representing any Hedging Obligations; 

 if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of
such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such
Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor),
other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, and 

  
 19 

 (3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type
referred to in clause (1) of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; 
 provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business. For the avoidance of doubt,
Indebtedness does not include Cash Management Services. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or
supplemented from time to time. 
 “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment
banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 

“Initial Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture. 

“Initial Purchasers” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Rabo Securities USA, Inc. 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or
the equivalent) by S&P or, in either case, an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 
 “Investment Grade
Securities” means: 
 (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United
States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents); 
 (2) debt securities
or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries; 

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and
(2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and 
 (4)
corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments. 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates)
in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, credit card and debit card receivables, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to officers and
employees, 

  
 20 

 
in each case made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and
investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes) of the Company in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash
or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 3.3, 
 (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at
the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in
an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to: 
  

	 	(a)	the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; less 

 

	 	(b)	the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such
redesignation; and 

 (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be
valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in Good Faith by the Company. 

“Issue Date” means April 19, 2011. 
 “Issuers” has the meaning set forth in the preamble and their permitted successors. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge,
security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in
the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in
no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 
 “Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and
Plan of Merger, dated as of September 2, 2010, among Blue Acquisition Holding Corporation, Merger Sub and Holdings. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business. 

  
 21 

 “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of
such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends. 

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in
respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such
Designated Non-cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof; taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into
account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Senior Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the assets disposed of
required (other than required by Section 3.5(b)(1)) to be paid as a result of such transaction and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a reserve in accordance with
GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment
benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction. 
 “Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S). 
 “Notes” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture. 
 “Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to the Global Notes (as appointed by DTC), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 

“Obligations” means any principal (including any accretion), interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the
filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium,
penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal (including any
accretion), interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the final offering memorandum, dated April 14, 2011 relating to the offering by the Issuers of $685.0 million principal amount at maturity of Notes and
any future offering memorandum relating to Additional Notes. 

  
 22 

 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company, BK Finance or any other Person, as the case may be. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of each of the Issuers by an Officer of each of the
Issuers or on behalf of any other Person, as the case may be, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of such Issuer or such other Person that meets the
requirements set forth in the Indenture. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who
is acceptable to the Trustee and that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuers or the Trustee. 
 “Parent” means Burger King Worldwide Corporation, a Delaware corporation. 
 “Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalent received must be applied in accordance with Section 3.5. 

“Permitted Holders” means the Sponsor and members of management of the Company (or its direct parent) who were holders
of Equity Interests of the Company (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) on October 19, 2010 and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of
which any of the foregoing are members; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, the Sponsor and members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than
50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by such group. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which
a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture shall thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder. 

“Permitted Investments” means 
 (1) any Investment in the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) any Investment in cash and Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 
 (3) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment: 

 

	 	(a)	such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or 

  
 23 

	 	(b)	such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to,
or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, 

 and, in each case, any Investment held by such
Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer; 
 (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting cash, Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of
Section 3.5 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 
 (5) any Investment
existing on the Issue Date and any extension, modification, replacement or renewal of any such Investments existing on the Issue Date, but only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments of cash or other
assets or other increases thereof other than as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities, in each case, pursuant to the terms of such Investment as in effect on the Issue
Date (or as subsequently amended or otherwise modified in a manner not disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect); 
 (6) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries: 
  

	 	(a)	in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy,
workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or 

  

	 	(b)	as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any
secured Investment in default; 

 (7) Hedging Obligations permitted under
Section 3.2(b)(10); 
 (8) any Investment in a Similar Business having an aggregate fair market
value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (8) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 1.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the
fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (9) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (exclusive of Disqualified Stock) of the Company, or any of its direct or indirect parent companies; provided, however, that such Equity
Interests shall not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 3.3(a)(C); 

  
 24 

 (10) guarantees (including Guarantees, if any) of Indebtedness permitted
under Section 3.2; 
 (11) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is
permitted and made in accordance with Section 3.8(b) (except transactions permitted by clauses (2), (5), (9), (11) and (15) of Section 3.8(b)); 

(12) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment; 

(13) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant
to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of
(x) $75.0 million and (y) 1.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 

(14) Investments relating to a Securitization Subsidiary that, in the good faith determination of the Company are
necessary or advisable to effect any Qualified Securitization Financing; 
 (15) advances to, or guarantees of
Indebtedness of, officers, directors and employees not in excess of $20.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate; 
 (16) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or
consistent with past practices or to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company thereof; 
 (17) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons; 

(18) Investments consisting of (i) Guarantees of or the assumption of Indebtedness (to the extent permitted by
Section 3.2(b)(21)) of, or (ii) loans made to, or the acquisition of loans made to or Equity Interests in, Franchisees, suppliers, distributors or licensees of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not
exceeding $300.0 million (in each case determined at the time made and not reduced by any subsequent write-downs or write-offs and net of returns of capital or principal in respect of such Investments); and 

(19) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees within the meaning of Revenue Procedure 92-64
or other grantor trust subject to the claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Company. 

  
 25 

 “Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar
legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits
of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s
and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to
which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which
are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property that the Company or
one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claims is to such property; 
 (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’
acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; 

(5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for,
licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, gas and oil pipelines and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without
limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental, to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not incurred in
connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 
 (6) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(4) or Section 3.2(b)(18); provided that Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be
incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(18) extend only to the assets of Foreign Subsidiaries; 

  
 26 

 (7) Liens existing on October 19, 2010 (with the exception of Liens
securing the Senior Credit Facilities, on October 19, 2010, which shall be deemed incurred pursuant to clause (33) of this definition; 
 (8) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, however, such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of,
such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(9) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition
by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, merger or
consolidation; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 3.2;

 (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Services so long as related Indebtedness is, and
is permitted to be under the Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations; 
 (12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of
such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 
 (13) leases,
subleases, licenses or sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and do not secure any
Indebtedness; 
 (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating
leases or consignments entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (15) Liens in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor; 

(16) Liens on equipment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to
the Company’s clients; 
 (17) Liens on Securitization Assets and related assets incurred in connection with
a Qualified Securitization Financing; 

  
 27 

 (18) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal,
modification or replacement (or successive refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals, modifications or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (7), (8) and (9); provided,
however, that (a) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to
any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (7), (8) and (9) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under the
Indenture, and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; 

(19) deposits made or other security provided to secure liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or
self-insurance arrangements in the ordinary course of business; 
 (20) other Liens securing obligations incurred
in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $50.0 million at any one time outstanding; 

(21) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under
Section 6.1(a)(5) so long as such Liens are adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings that may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such
proceedings may be initiated has not expired; 
 (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising
as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business; 
 (23) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other
commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (iii) in favor of banking institutions arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters
customary in the banking industry; 
 (24) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase
agreements permitted under Section 3.2; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those that are the subject of such repurchase agreement; 

(25) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity
trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; 
 (26) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to
pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or
(iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 28 

 (27) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under the Indenture; 
 (28) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to
terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof; 
 (29) restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put; provided, however, that the covenants are complied with; 

(30) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or
authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business; 
 (31) zoning
by-laws and other land use restrictions, including, without limitation, site plan agreements, development agreements and contract zoning agreements; 
 (32) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (33) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Credit Facilities, including any
letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(1); and 
 (34) Liens incurred to secure Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 3.2; provided that, with respect to Liens securing Obligations permitted
under this clause (34), at the time of incurrence and after giving pro forma thereto, the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 3.5 to 1.0. 
 For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” shall be deemed to include interest on such Indebtedness. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any
agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
 “Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means
every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.10 in exchange for or in lieu of a
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note. 

  
 29 

 “Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of
payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up. 
 “Qualified Proceeds” means assets that
are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined in Good Faith by the Company. 

“Qualified Securitization Financing” means any Securitization Facility of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the
following conditions: (i) the board of managers or directors of the Company shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Securitization Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in
the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Securitization Subsidiary or any other
Person are made at fair market value (as determined in Good Faith by the Company), (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in Good Faith by the Company) and may
include Standard Securitization Undertakings and (iv) the Obligations under such Securitization Facility are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary). The grant of a security interest in any Securitization Assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Securitization Subsidiary)
to secure Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities shall not be deemed a Qualified Securitization Financing. 

“QIB” means any “qualified institutional buyer” as such term is defined in Rule 144A. 

“Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the
Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be. 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act. 

“Regulation S-X” means Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. 

“Related Business Assets” means assets (other than cash or Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business,
provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person,
unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person would become a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Restricted
Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 

  
 30 

 “Restricted Notes” means Initial Notes and Additional Notes bearing one of
the restrictive legends described in Section 2.1(d). 
 “Restricted Notes Legend” means the legend
set forth in Section 2.1(d)(1) and, in the case of the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the legend set forth in Section 2.1(d)(2). 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company (including BKC and any Foreign Subsidiary) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.” 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor to its
rating agency business. 
 “Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

 “Securitization Asset” means any accounts receivable, real estate asset, mortgage receivables or related
assets, in each case subject to a Securitization Facility. 
 “Securitization Facility” means any of one or
more securitization financing facilities as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, restated or refunded from time to time, pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells its Securitization Assets to either
(a) a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) a Securitization Subsidiary that in turn sells Securitization Assets to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Securitization Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any
Securitization Asset or participation interest therein issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Qualified Securitization Financing. 

“Securitization Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of Securitization Assets in a Qualified
Securitization Financing to repurchase Securitization Assets arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including, without limitation, as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to
any asserted defense, dispute, off set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller. 

  
 31 

 “Securitization Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary in each case formed for
the purpose of and that solely engages in one or more Qualified Securitization Financings and other activities reasonably related thereto. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 

“Senior Credit Facilities” means the Credit Facility under the Credit Agreement dated as of October 19, 2010, as
amended, by and among Holdings, BKC, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as Administrative Agent, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in
connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional
lenders or investors that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount
borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted by Section 3.2). 
 “Senior Indebtedness” means: 
 (1) all
Indebtedness of the Company, Holdings, BKC or any guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities or 2018 Notes and related guarantees thereof (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar
proceeding or for reorganization of the Company, BKC or any such guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any
and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Company, BKC or any such guarantor to
reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments; 
 (2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facilities) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such
Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into), provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture; 

(3) any other Indebtedness of the Company, BKC or any Subsidiary Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of the
Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any related Guarantee; and 

(4) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clause (1), (2) and (3); provided, however,
that Senior Indebtedness shall not include: 
  

	 	(a)	any obligation of such Person to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; 

  
 32 

	 	(b)	any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person; 

 

	 	(c)	any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business; 

 

	 	(d)	any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such person; or

  

	 	(e)	that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of the Indenture. 

“Senior Management” means the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. 

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined
in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on October 19, 2010 or any business that is similar,
reasonably related, incidental or ancillary thereto. 
 “Sponsor” means 3G Special Situations Fund II, L.P.,
and each of its Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio companies of any of the foregoing. 
 “Sponsor
Management Agreement” means the management agreement between certain of the management companies associated with the Sponsor and BKC. 
 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company has
determined in good faith to be customary in a Securitization Financing, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Securitization Subsidiary, it being understood that any Securitization Repurchase Obligation
shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any
Obligation, the date specified in such Obligation as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such Obligation is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any date on which the
payment of principal of such security is due and payable as a result of any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 

“Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Notes, 

(1) any Indebtedness of the Company which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and 

  
 33 

 (2) any Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor which is by its terms
subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with
respect to any Person: 
 (1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership,
joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or
trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or is consolidated under GAAP with such Person at such
time; and 
 (2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which 

(x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership
interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or
otherwise, and 
 (y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise
controls such entity. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that guarantees
the Issuers’ Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes. 
 “Total Assets” means, as of any date, the
total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a pro forma basis in a manner
consistent with the pro forma basis contained in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 
 “Transaction
Expenses” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions, including payments to officers, employees and members of the board of managers or directors as change of
control payments, severance payments, special or retention bonuses and charges for repurchase or rollover of, or modifications to, stock options, restricted stock and deferred compensation. 

“Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the issuance of the 2018 Notes and the
borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities as in effect on October 19, 2010. 
 “Treasury Rate” means,
as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has
become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical 

  
 34 

 
Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to April 15, 2015; provided, however,
that if the period from the Redemption Date to April 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-777bbbb).

 “Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with
the terms of this Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor. 
 “Trust Officer” shall mean, when used with
respect to the Trustee, any vice president, assistant vice president, any trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers,
respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company, which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the
Company, as provided below); and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed
Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than
solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that 
 (1) any Unrestricted Subsidiary
must be an entity of which the Equity Interests entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes that may be cast by all Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or Persons performing a similar function are owned,
directly or indirectly, by the Company, 
 (2) such designation complies with Section 3.3, and

 (3) each of: 
 (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated; and 
 (b) its Subsidiaries

  
 35 

 has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or
otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. 

The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to
such designation no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and if such Unrestricted Subsidiary is a Subsidiary of the Company (other than BKC or any of its Subsidiaries) the Company would be able to incur such Indebtedness
pursuant to clause (i) of Section 3.2 and if such Unrestricted Subsidiary is a Subsidiary of BKC, BKC would be able to incur such Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in clause (ii) of
Section 3.2. 
 Any such designation by the Company shall be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly
filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Company or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing
provisions. 
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at
the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to
Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing 

(1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled
principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment; by 

(2) the sum of all such payments. 
 “Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the
time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 
 SECTION 1.2. Other
Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
		
	 “Additional Restricted Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	3.8
		
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(e)(iii)
		
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	3.5(b)

  
 36 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
		
	 “Authenticating Agent”
	  	2.2
		
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	3.10
		
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	3.10
		
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	3.10(a)(2)
		
	 “Clearstream”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.3
		
	 “Euroclear”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.1
		
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	3.5(b)
		
	 “Global Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Guaranteed Obligations”
	  	10.1
		
	 “incur”
	  	3.2
		
	 “incurrence”
	  	3.2
		
	 “Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Institutional Accredited Investor Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Issuer Order”
	  	2.2
		
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.2
		
	 “Legal Holiday”
	  	13.8
		
	 “Notes Register”
	  	2.3
		
	 “Original Issue Discount”
	  	2.1(d)
		
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.3
		
	 “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “protected purchaser”
	  	2.10

  
 37 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
		
	 “Redemption Date”
	  	5.7(a)
		
	 “Refinancing Indebtedness”
	  	3.2(b)(13)
		
	 “Refunding Capital Stock”
	  	3.3(b)(2)
		
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.3
		
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Resale Restriction Termination Date”
	  	2.6(b)
		
	 “Restricted Global Note”
	  	2.6(e)
		
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	3.3(a)
		
	 “Restricted Period”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	2.1(b)
		
	 “Semi-Annual Accrual Date”
	  	1.1
		
	 “Special Interest Payment Date”
	  	2.14(a)
		
	 “Special Record Date”
	  	2.14(a)
		
	 “Special Mandatory Redemption”
	  	5.9
		
	 “Special Mandatory Redemption Date”
	  	5.9
		
	 “Specified Date”
	  	1.1
		
	 “Successor Company”
	  	4.1(a)(1)
		
	 “Successor Person”
	  	10.2(b)(1)
		
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	3.20
		
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	3.20
		
	 “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)

  
 38 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
		
	 “Trustee”
	  	8.5
		
	 “Unrestricted Global Note”
	  	2.6(e)

 SECTION 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture is subject to the
mandatory provisions of the TIA which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings: 
 “Commission” means the SEC. 
 “indenture securities” means the
Notes. 
 “indenture security holder” means a Holder. 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 
 “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee. 
 “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer and any other obligor on the indenture securities. 
 All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

 SECTION 1.4. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) “including” means including without limitation; 

(5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

(6) the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount
thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; 

(7) the principal amount of any preferred stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such preferred stock or
(ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such preferred stock, whichever is greater; 

  
 39 

 (8) all amounts expressed in this Indenture or in any of the Notes in terms
of money refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America; 
 (9) the words “herein,”
“hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and 

(10) unless otherwise specifically indicated, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such
Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person. 

ARTICLE II 

THE NOTES 

SECTION 2.1. Form, Dating and Terms. 
 (a) The aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof shall be in an aggregate
principal amount at maturity of $685,000,000. In addition, the Issuers may issue, from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, Additional Notes (as provided herein). Furthermore, Notes may be authenticated and delivered
upon registration of transfer, exchange or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.6, 2.10, 2.12, 5.6 or 9.5, in connection with an Asset Sale Offer pursuant to Section 3.5 or in
connection with a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 3.10. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, the Issuers may not issue any Additional Notes, unless such issuance is in compliance with Sections 3.2 and 3.6. 
 The Initial Notes shall be known and designated as “11% Senior Discount Notes, Series A, due 2019” of the Issuers. Additional Notes issued as Restricted Notes shall be known and designated as
“11% Senior Discount Notes, Series A, due 2019” of the Issuers. Additional Notes issued other than as Restricted Notes shall be known and designated as “11% Senior Discount Notes, Series B, due 2019” of the Issuers. 

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuers shall set forth in (a) a Board Resolution and (b) (i) an Officer’s
Certificate or (ii) one or more indentures supplemental hereto, the following information: 
 (1) the
aggregate principal amount at maturity of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; 

  
 40 

 (2) the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes, including
the date from which interest shall accrue; and 
 (3) whether such Additional Notes shall be Restricted Notes
issued in the form of Exhibit A hereto and/or shall be issued in the form of Exhibit B hereto. 
 In
authenticating and delivering Additional Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel and Officer’s Certificate required by Section 13.4, an
Opinion of Counsel as to the due authorization, execution, delivery, validity and enforceability of such Additional Notes. 

The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture. Holders
of the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent as one class, and none of the Holders of the Initial Notes or the Additional Notes shall have the
right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter to which such Holders are entitled to vote or consent. 
 If any of
the terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to Board Resolutions of the Issuers, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of each Issuer and
delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate or the indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes. 
 (b) The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Issuers pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated April 14, 2011, among the Issuers and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and the other initial
purchasers named therein. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes (if issued as Restricted Notes) (the “Additional Restricted Notes”) shall be resold initially only to (A) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (B) Non-U.S.
Persons in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and IAIs in accordance with Rule 501 of the Securities Act, in each
case, in accordance with the procedure described herein. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuers from time to time pursuant to one or more purchase agreements in accordance with applicable law.

 Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold to QIBs in the United States of America in reliance on Rule
144A (the “Rule 144A Notes”) shall be issued in the form of a permanent global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate
legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “Rule 144A Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Rule 144A
Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Rule 144A Global Note
may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 

  
 41 

 Initial Notes and any Additional Restricted Notes offered and sold outside the United States
of America (the “Regulation S Notes”) in reliance on Regulation S shall initially be issued in the form of a temporary global Note (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”), without interest coupons. Beneficial
interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall be exchanged for beneficial interests in a corresponding permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A including appropriate legends as set
forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note” and, together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, each a “Regulation S Global Note”) within a reasonable period after the
expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined below) upon delivery of the certification contemplated by Section 2.7. Each Regulation S Global Note shall be deposited upon issuance with, or on behalf of, the Trustee as custodian for DTC
in the manner described in this Article II for credit to the respective accounts of the purchasers (or to such other accounts as they may direct), including, but not limited to, accounts at Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V.
(“Euroclear”) or Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream”). Prior to the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Initial Notes and the Issue Date (such period
through and including such 40th day, the “Restricted Period”), interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note may only be transferred to non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S, to QIBs under Rule 144A or IAIs in accordance
with the transfer and certification requirements described herein for exchanges of interests in a Global Note. 
 Investors may
hold their interests in the Regulation S Global Note through organizations other than Euroclear or Clearstream that are participants in DTC’s system or directly through Euroclear or Clearstream, if they are participants in such systems, or
indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems. If such interests are held through Euroclear or Clearstream, Euroclear and Clearstream shall hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note on behalf of their
participants through customers’ securities accounts in their respective names on the books of their respective depositaries. Such depositaries, in turn, shall hold such interests in the applicable Regulation S Global Note in customers’
securities accounts in the depositaries’ names on the books of DTC. 
 The Regulation S Global Note may be represented by
more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be
increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 
 Initial Notes and Additional Restricted Notes resold to IAIs (the “Institutional Accredited Investor Notes”) in the United States of America shall be issued in the form of a permanent
global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d) (the “Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note”) deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for
DTC, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum
principal amount to be represented by a single certificate. The aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the
Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 

  
 42 

 The Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and the Institutional Accredited
Investor Global Note are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “Global Notes.” 
 The Accreted Value
of (and premium, if any) and cash interest after April 15, 2016, as applicable, on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of Paying Agent or Registrar designated by the Issuers maintained for such purpose in the United States or at
such other office or agency of the Issuers as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of this Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Issuers, each installment of cash interest may be paid by
(i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of
this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including Accreted Value, premium, if any, and cash interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC. Payments in
respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including Accreted Value, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes represented by Definitive Notes shall be made by wire
transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later
than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 
 The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A and Exhibit B and in
Section 2.1(d). The Issuers shall approve any notation, endorsement or legend on the Notes. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B are part of
the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuers and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms. 

(c) Denominations. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in denominations of $2,000
principal amount at maturity and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 (d) Restrictive Legends. Unless
and until (i) an Initial Note or an Additional Note issued as a Restricted Note is sold under an effective registration statement or (ii) the Trustee receives an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuers and the Trustee to
the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act: 

(1) the Rule 144A Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and the Institutional Accredited Investor Global Note shall
bear the following legend on the face thereof: 
 THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY 

  
 43 

 
INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS
EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH
SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF THE RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE AND THE INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR GLOBAL NOTE: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF,
THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUERS OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUERS WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDEECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] [IN THE CASE OF THE REGULATION S GLOBAL
NOTE: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON
REGULATION S], ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUERS OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT
TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN
ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT AT MATURITY OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY
DISTRIBUTIN IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR
TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE
RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. [IN THE CASE OF THE 

  
 44 

 
REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY
IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.] 
 BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY THE
HOLDER AND ANY SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREE HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (I) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER OR ANY TRANSFEREE TO ACQUIRE AND HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE
BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR PROVISIONS UNDER ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE
UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” OF SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT, OR (II) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY BY SUCH HOLDER OR TRANSFEREE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER
SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION UNDER ANY APPLICATION SIMILAR LAWS. 

(2) the Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall bear the following additional legend on the face thereof: 

THIS SECURITY IS A TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE. PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE RESTRICTED PERIOD APPLICABLE HERETO, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN
MAY NOT BE HELD BY ANY PERSON OTHER THAN (1) A NON-U.S. PERSON OR (2) A U.S. PERSON THAT PURCHASED SUCH INTEREST IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”).
BENEFICIAL INTERESTS HEREIN ARE NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR PHYSICAL NOTES OTHER THAN A PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE. TERMS IN THIS LEGEND ARE USED AS USED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

(3) Each Global Security, whether or not an Initial Security, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR

  
 45 

 
IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR
THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 

(4) Each Note, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof: 

THIS SECURITY HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH “ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1273 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF
1986, AS AMENDED. UPON WRITTEN REQUEST, ANY HOLDER OF THIS NOTE MAY OBTAIN THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: (1) THE ISSUE PRICE AND DATE OF THE NOTE, (2) AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT ON THE NOTE AND (3) THE YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH
NOTE. HOLDERS SHOULD CONTACT THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OF THE ISSUERS AT C/O BURGER KING CAPITAL HOLDINGS, LLC, 5505 BLUE LAGOON DRIVE, MIAMI, FLORIDA 33126. 
 (e) Book-Entry Provisions. (i) This Section 2.1(e) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC. 

(ii) Each Global Note initially shall (x) be registered in the name of DTC or the nominee of DTC, (y) be
delivered to the Trustee as custodian for DTC and (z) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.1(d). Transfers of a Global Note (but not a beneficial interest therein) shall be limited to transfers thereof in whole, but not in part,
to the DTC, its successors or its respective nominees, except as set forth in Section 2.1(e)(v) and 2.1(f). If a beneficial interest in a Global Note is transferred or exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note,
the Trustee shall (x) record a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note being transferred or exchanged equal to the principal amount of such transfer or exchange and (y) record a like increase in the principal amount of the
other Global Note. Any beneficial interest in one Global Note that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note, or exchanged for an interest in another Global Note, shall, upon transfer or
exchange, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, shall thereafter be subject to all transfer and exchange restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial
interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest. 

  
 46 

 (iii) Members of, or participants in, DTC (“Agent Members”)
shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Trustee as the custodian of DTC or under such Global Note, and DTC may be treated by the Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the
Issuers or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuers, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers or the Trustee from giving effect to any
written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of a beneficial interest in any Global
Note. 
 (iv) In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant
to Section 2.1(f) to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Notes Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount at maturity of such Global Note in an amount
equal to the principal amount at maturity of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor
and amount. 
 (v) In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to
Section 2.1(f), such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by
DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount at maturity of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. 

(vi) The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members
and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
 (vii) Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by
(a) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (b) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

 (f) Definitive Notes. (i) Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be
entitled to receive Definitive Notes. If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance
with DTC’s and the Registrar’s procedures. In addition, Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (A) DTC notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or
unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary
is not appointed by the Issuers within 90 days of such notice or, (B) the Issuers in their sole discretion 

  
 47 

 
execute and deliver to the Trustee and Registrar an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (C) an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing and the Registrar has received a request from DTC. In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in the second preceding sentence or in clause (A), (B) or (C) of the preceding sentence, the Issuers shall promptly
make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes. 
 (ii) Any Definitive Note delivered in
exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(e)(iii) or (iv) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(d), bear the applicable legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the
Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.1(d). 
 (iii) If a Definitive Note is transferred or
exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee shall (x) cancel such Definitive Note, (y) record an increase in the principal amount at maturity of such Global Note equal to the principal amount at maturity of such
transfer or exchange and (z) in the event that such transfer or exchange involves less than the entire principal amount at maturity of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make
available for delivery, to the transferring Holder a new Definitive Note representing the principal amount at maturity not so transferred. 
 (iv) If a Definitive Note is transferred or exchanged for another Definitive Note, (x) the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Note being transferred or exchanged, (y) the Issuers shall execute,
and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more new Definitive Notes in authorized denominations having an aggregate principal amount at maturity equal to the principal amount at maturity of such transfer or exchange
to the transferee (in the case of a transfer) or the Holder of the canceled Definitive Note (in the case of an exchange), registered in the name of such transferee or Holder, as applicable, and (z) if such transfer or exchange involves less
than the entire principal amount at maturity of the canceled Definitive Note, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder thereof, one or more Definitive Notes in authorized
denominations having an aggregate principal amount at maturity equal to the untransferred or unexchanged portion of the canceled Definitive Notes, registered in the name of the Holder thereof. 

(v) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, in no event shall a Definitive Note be delivered upon
exchange or transfer of a beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note prior to the end of the Restricted Period. 
 SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication. One Officer shall sign the Notes for each Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. If the Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office
at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until an
authorized officer of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note. The signature of the Trustee on a Security shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture. A Note shall be dated
the date of its authentication. 

  
 48 

 At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the
Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery: (1) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount at maturity of $685,000,000 and (2) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional
Notes for original issue in an unlimited principal amount at maturity, in each case upon a written order of the Issuers signed by one Officer (the “Issuer Order”). Such Issuer Order shall specify whether the Notes shall be in the
form of Definitive Notes or Global Notes, the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes. 

The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “Authenticating Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate the
Notes. Any such instrument shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuers. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes
whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of
notices and demands. 
 In case the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor, pursuant to Article IV or
Section 10.2, as applicable, shall be consolidated or merged with or into any other Person or shall convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, and the successor
Person resulting from such consolidation, or surviving such merger, or into which the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall have been merged, or the Person which shall have received a conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition as
aforesaid, shall have executed an indenture supplemental hereto with the Trustee pursuant to Article IV or Section 10.2, as applicable, any of the Notes authenticated or delivered prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance,
transfer, lease or other disposition may (but shall not be required), from time to time, at the request of the successor Person, be exchanged for other Notes executed in the name of the successor Person with such changes in phraseology and form as
may be appropriate, but otherwise in substance of like tenor as the Notes surrendered for such exchange and of like principal amount at maturity; and the Trustee, upon the Issuer Order of the successor Person, shall authenticate and make available
for delivery Notes as specified in such order for the purpose of such exchange. If Notes shall at any time be authenticated and delivered in any new name of a successor Person pursuant to this Section 2.2 in exchange or substitution for
or upon registration of transfer of any Notes, such successor Person, at the option of the Holders but without expense to them, shall provide for the exchange of all Notes at the time outstanding for Notes authenticated and delivered in such new
name. 
 SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent. 

The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the
“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “Notes
Register”). The Issuers may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent and the term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar.

  
 49 

 The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying
Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of each such
agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.7. The Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor may act as
Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent. 
 The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the
Notes. The Issuers may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders, but upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective
until (i) acceptance of any appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuers and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification
to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuers and the
Trustee 
 SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 

By no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any Accreted Value of, premium, if any, or cash interest on any
Note is due and payable, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such Accreted Value, premium or cash interest when due. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent (other than the
Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of Accreted Value of, premium, if any, or cash interest on the Notes (whether such
assets have been distributed to it by the Issuers or other obligors on the Notes), shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor in making any such payment and shall during the continuance of any
default by the Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment in respect of the Notes, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith deliver to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in
respect of the Notes together with a full accounting thereof. If the Issuers or a Subsidiary of the Issuers acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Issuers at any time
may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds or assets disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent (if other than
the Issuers or a Subsidiary of the Company) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Issuers, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for
the Notes. 
 SECTION 2.5. Holder Lists. 
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).
If the Trustee is not the Registrar, or to the extent otherwise required under the TIA, the Issuers, on their own behalf and on behalf of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors, shall furnish or 

  
 50 

 
cause the Registrar to furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each cash interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list
in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders and the Issuers shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 
 SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) A Holder may transfer a Note (or
a beneficial interest therein) to another Person or exchange a Note (or a beneficial interest therein) for another Note or Notes of any authorized denomination by presenting to the Trustee a written request therefor stating the name of the proposed
transferee or requesting such an exchange, accompanied by any certification, opinion or other document required by this Section 2.6. The Trustee shall promptly register any transfer or exchange that meets the requirements of this
Section 2.6 by noting the same in the register maintained by the Trustee for the purpose, and no transfer or exchange shall be effective until it is registered in such register. The transfer or exchange of any Note (or a beneficial
interest therein) may only be made in accordance with this Section 2.6 and Section 2.1(e) and 2.1(f), as applicable, and, in the case of a Global Note (or a beneficial interest therein), the applicable rules and
procedures of DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream. The Trustee shall refuse to register any requested transfer or exchange that does not comply with this paragraph. 
 (b) Transfers of Rule 144A Notes and Institutional Accredited Investor Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an
Institutional Accredited Investor Note prior to the date which is one year after the later of the date of its original issue and the last date on which the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor
thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”): 
 (i) a registration of transfer of a
Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee in the form as set forth on the reverse of the Note that it is purchasing for its own
account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in
reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is
relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; provided that no such written representation or other written certification shall be required in connection with the transfer
of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to a transferee in the form of a beneficial interest in that Rule 144A Global Note in accordance with this Indenture and the applicable procedures of DTC. 

(ii) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest
therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.8 from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Issuers, the delivery of an opinion of
counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to it; and 

  
 51 

 (iii) a registration of transfer of a Rule 144A Note or an Institutional
Accredited Investor Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.9 from the proposed transferee and,
if requested by the Issuers, the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to it. 

(c) Transfers of Regulations S Notes. The following provisions shall apply with respect to any proposed transfer of a Regulation S
Note prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period: 
 (i) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial
interest therein to a QIB shall be made upon the representation of the transferee, in the form of assignment on the reverse of the certificate, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole
investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such
information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the
exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; 
 (ii) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial
interest therein to an IAI shall be made upon receipt by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.8 from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Issuers or the Trustee, the
delivery of an opinion of counsel, certification and/or other information satisfactory to each of them; and 

(iii) a transfer of a Regulation S Note or a beneficial interest therein to a Non-U.S. Person shall be made upon receipt
by the Trustee or its agent of a certificate substantially in the form set forth in Section 2.9 hereof from the proposed transferee and, if requested by the Issuers, receipt by the Trustee or its agent of an opinion of counsel,
certification and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuers. 
 After the expiration of the Restricted Period, interests
in the Regulation S Note may be transferred in accordance with applicable law without requiring the certification set forth in Section 2.8, Section 2.9 or any additional certification. 

(d) Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the
Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear a Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing a Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear a Restricted Notes Legend unless
(i) Initial Notes are being exchanged for Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend in accordance with Section 2.6(e) or (ii) there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the
Issuers and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall
not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 

  
 52 

 (e) Automatic Exchange from Global Note Bearing Restricted Notes Legend to Global Note
Not Bearing Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the Issuers’ satisfaction that the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, beneficial interests in a Global Note bearing the
Restricted Notes Legend (a “Restricted Global Note”) may be automatically exchanged into beneficial interests in a Global Note not bearing the Restricted Notes Legend (an “Unrestricted Global Note”) without any
action required by or on behalf of the Holder (the “Automatic Exchange”) at any time on or after the date that is the 366th calendar day after (A) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date or (B) with respect to
Additional Notes, if any, the issue date of such Additional Notes, or, in each case, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (the “Automatic Exchange Date”). Upon the Issuers’ satisfaction that
the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the Issuers may pursuant to the rules and procedures (i) provide written notice to DTC at least fifteen (15) calendar days
prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, instructing DTC to exchange all of the outstanding beneficial interests in a particular Restricted Global Note to the Unrestricted Global Note, which the Issuers shall have previously otherwise made eligible for
exchange with the DTC, (ii) provide prior written notice (the “Automatic Exchange Notice”) to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the
Automatic Exchange Date (the “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include (w) the Automatic Exchange Date, (x) the section of the Indenture pursuant to which the Automatic Exchange shall occur, (y) the
“CUSIP” number of the Restricted Global Note from which such Holder’s beneficial interests shall be transferred and the (z) ”CUSIP” number of the Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holder’s beneficial
interests shall be transferred, and (iii) on or prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, deliver to the Trustee for authentication one or more Unrestricted Global Notes, duly executed by the Issuers, in an aggregate principal amount at maturity
equal to the aggregate principal amount at maturity of Restricted Global Notes to be exchanged. At the Issuers’ request on no less than five (5) calendar days’ notice prior to the Automatic Exchange Notice Date, the Trustee shall
deliver, in the Issuers’ name and at their expense, the Automatic Exchange Notice to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.6(e),
during the fifteen (15) day period prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 2.6(e) shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Issuers. As a condition to any
Automatic Exchange, the Issuers shall provide, and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon, an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that the Automatic Exchange shall be effected in compliance with
the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that the aggregate principal amount at maturity of
the particular Restricted Global Note is to be transferred to the particular Unrestricted Global Note by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary to reflect the Automatic Exchange. Upon such exchange of
beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.6(e), the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Global Notes shall be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, to
reflect the relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount at maturity of such Global Note resulting from the applicable exchange. The Restricted Global Note from which beneficial interests are transferred pursuant to an Automatic Exchange
shall be canceled following the Automatic Exchange. 

  
 53 

 (f) Retention of Written Communications. The Registrar shall retain copies of all
letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.1 or this Section 2.6. The Issuers shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications
at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar. 
 (g) Obligations with Respect
to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers
shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require
the Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax assessments or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or
transfer pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.6, 2.10, 2.12, 3.5, 3.10, 5.6 or 9.5). 
 (iii) The Issuers (and the Registrar) shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer
to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before a cash interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of
any Note, the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of Accreted Value of, premium, if any, and (subject
to paragraph 2 of the forms of Notes attached hereto as Exhibits A and B) cash interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, including without limitation the transfer or exchange of such Note, whether or not such Note is
overdue, and none of the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (v) Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.1(f) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.6(d), bear the applicable
legend regarding transfer restrictions applicable to the Definitive Note set forth in Section 2.1(d). 
 (vi) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes
surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (h) No Obligation of the Trustee. (i) The Trustee shall have no
responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to
any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the 

  
 54 

 
delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or purchase) or the payment of any amount or delivery of
any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order
of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may
rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to
any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among DTC participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are
expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. Neither the Trustee nor any of its
agents shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by DTC. 
 SECTION 2.7. Form of Certificate to be
Delivered upon Termination of Restricted Period. 
 [Date] 

Burger King Capital Holdings, LLC 
 Burger King
Capital Finance, Inc. 
 c/o Wilmington Trust FSB, 
 246 Goose Lane, Suite 105 
 Guilford, CT 06437 

Attention: Joseph O’Donnell 
 Telecopy:
203-453-1183 
 Email: Jodonnell@wilmingtontrust.com 
  

	Re:	Burger King Capital Holdings, LLC and Burger King Capital Finance, Inc. (the “Issuers”). 

11% Senior Discount Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”) 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 This letter relates to Notes represented by a temporary
global Note (the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”). Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Indenture dated as of April 19, 2011 relating to the Notes (as amended or supplemented, the “Indenture”), we
hereby certify that the persons who are the beneficial owners of $[            ] principal amount at maturity of Notes represented by the Temporary Regulation S Global Note are persons
outside the United States to whom beneficial interests in such Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, you are

  
 55 

 
hereby requested to issue a Permanent Regulation S Global Note representing the undersigned’s interest in the principal amount at maturity of Notes represented by the Temporary Regulation S
Global Note, all in the manner provided by the Indenture. We certify that we [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuers. 
 You
and the Issuers are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered
hereby. Terms used in this letter have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 
  

					
		 	Very truly yours,
		
		 	[Name of Transferor]
			
		 	By:	 	  

		
		 	  

		 	Authorized Signature

 SECTION 2.8. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers to Institutional
Accredited Investors. 
 [Date] 
 Burger King Capital Holdings, LLC 
 Burger King Capital Finance, Inc. 

c/o Wilmington Trust FSB, 
 246 Goose Lane, Suite
105 
 Guilford, CT 06437 
 Attention:
Joseph O’Donnell 
 Telecopy: 203-453-1183 
 Email: Jodonnell@wilmingtontrust.com 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[            ]
principal amount at maturity of the 11% Senior Discount Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”) of Burger King Capital Holdings, LLC and Burger King Capital Finance, Inc. (the “Issuers”). 

Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: 

 

					
		 	Name:	 	  

 

					
		 	Address:	 	  

 

					
		 	Taxpayer ID Number:	 	  

  
 56 

 The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 

1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount at maturity of the Notes, and we are
acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits
and risk of our investment in the Notes and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

 2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold
except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of
the date of original issue and the last date on which the Issuers or any affiliate of the Issuers was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) to the Issuers or
any Subsidiary thereof, (b) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to a person we reasonably believe is a
“qualified institutional buyer” under Rule 144A of the Securities Act (a “QIB”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on
Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. persons that occur outside the United States within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of
Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount at maturity of Notes of
$250,000 for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any
applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale shall not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior
to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuers and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an
institutional “accredited investor” (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and that it is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the
Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuers and the Trustee reserve the right prior to any offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clauses (d), (e) or (f) above to
require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications and/or other information satisfactory to the Issuers and the Trustee. 

  
 57 

 3. We [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuers. 

 

			
	TRANSFEREE:	 	  

 

			
	BY:	 	  

 SECTION 2.9. Form of Certificate to be Delivered in Connection with Transfers Pursuant to
Regulation S. 
 [Date] 
 Burger King Capital Holdings, LLC 
 Burger King Capital Finance, Inc. 

c/o Wilmington Trust FSB, 
 246 Goose Lane, Suite
105 
 Guilford, CT 06437 
 Attention:
Joseph O’Donnell 
 Telecopy: 203-453-1183 
 Email: Jodonnell@wilmingtontrust.com 
  

	 	Re:	Burger King Capital Holdings, LLC and Burger King Capital Finance, Inc. (the “Issuers”) 

11% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Notes”) 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 In connection with our proposed sale of
$[            ] aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the United States
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that: 

(a) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States; 

(b) either (i) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any
person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (ii) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person
acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States; 
 (c)
no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable; and 

(d) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

  
 58 

 In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of
Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or Rule 904(b)(1) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 903(b)(2), Rule 903(b)(3) or
Rule 904(b)(1), as the case may be. 
 We also hereby certify that we [are][are not] an Affiliate of the Issuers and, to
our knowledge, the transferee of the Notes [is][is not] an Affiliate of the Issuers. 
 You and the Issuers are entitled to rely
upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate
have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 
  

					
		 	Very truly yours,
		
		 	[Name of Transferor]
			
		 	By:	 	  

		
		 	  

		 	Authorized Signature

 SECTION 2.10. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. 

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or
wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuers or the Trustee that
such Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar has not registered a transfer prior to receiving such notification,
(b) makes such request to the Issuers or Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any
other reasonable requirements of the Trustee; provided, however, if after the delivery of such replacement Note, a protected purchaser of the Note for which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment or registration such replaced
Note, the Trustee or the Issuers shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note from the Person to whom it was issued and delivered or any Person taking therefrom, except a protected purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security
or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuers or the Trustee in connection therewith. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in
the judgment of the Issuers and the Trustee to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced, and, in the absence of notice to the Issuers or the Trustee that
such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Issuers shall execute, and upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such
destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount at maturity, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. 

  
 59 

 In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become
due and payable, the Issuers in their discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. 
 Upon the issuance of any
new Note under this Section 2.10, the Issuers may require that such Holder pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses
of counsel and of the Trustee) in connection therewith. 
 Subject to the proviso in the initial paragraph of this
Section 2.10, every new Note issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuers, any Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) and
any other obligor upon the Notes, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other
Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 The provisions of this Section 2.10 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent
lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 

SECTION 2.11. Outstanding Notes. 
 Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A
Note does not cease to be outstanding in the event the Issuers or an Affiliate of the Issuers holds the Note; provided, however, that (i) for purposes of determining which are outstanding for consent or voting purposes hereunder, the
provisions of Section 13.6 shall apply and (ii) in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making a determination whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount at maturity of outstanding Notes are present at a
meeting of Holders of Notes for quorum purposes or have consented to or voted in favor of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, amendment or modification hereunder, or relying upon any such quorum, consent or vote,
only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be held by the Issuers or an Affiliate of the Issuers shall not be considered outstanding. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.10 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuers receive proof
satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement pursuant to Section 2.10. 

If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a Redemption Date or maturity date money
sufficient to pay all Accreted Value, premium, if any, and accrued cash interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying
such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and cash interest on them ceases to accrue. 

  
 60 

 SECTION 2.12. Temporary Notes. 

In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes are ready for
delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form, and shall carry all rights, of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate
for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes. After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender
of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Issuers for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuers shall execute, and the
Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount at maturity of Notes. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be
entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a Holder of Definitive Notes. 
 SECTION 2.13. Cancellation.

 The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward
to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and dispose of such Notes
in accordance with its internal policies and customary procedures including delivery of a certificate describing such Notes disposed (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) or deliver copies of canceled Notes to the
Issuers pursuant to written direction by one Officer. If the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor acquires any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and
until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.13. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in
connection with a transfer or exchange. 
 At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged
for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by DTC to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial
interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount at maturity of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be
reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 

  
 61 

 SECTION 2.14. Payment of Cash Interest; Defaulted Interest. 

Cash interest on any Note after April 15, 2016 which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest
payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such payment at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose
pursuant to Section 2.3. 
 Any cash interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes
due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the
rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “Defaulted Interest”) shall be paid by the Issuers, at their election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:

 (a) The Issuers may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their
respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the “Special Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the Issuers
shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed
payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Section 2.14(a). Thereupon the Issuers shall fix a record date (the “Special Record
Date”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which date shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of
the proposed payment. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Issuers, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special
Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 13.2, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the
Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are
registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the provisions in Section 2.14(b). 
 (b) The Issuers may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such
notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Issuers to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Section 2.14(b), such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.14, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of,
transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall, after April 15, 2016, carry the rights to cash interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note. 

  
 62 

 SECTION 2.15. CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers. 

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP”, “Common Code” and “ISIN” numbers and, if so, the Trustee
shall use “CUSIP”, “Common Code” and “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the
correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or purchase
shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers. 

ARTICLE III 

COVENANTS 

SECTION 3.1. Payment of Notes. 
 The Issuers shall pay the Accreted Value of, premium, if any, and cash interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. Accreted Value, premium, if any,
and cash interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all Accreted Value, premium, if any, and cash interest then due. 

The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue installments of cash interest at the rate specified therefor in the Notes and to the extent
lawful. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Issuers may, to the extent they are
required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from the payment of Accreted Value or cash interest payments hereunder. 

SECTION 3.2. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock. 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue,
assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired
Indebtedness) and the Company shall not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; provided, however, that (i) the Company may incur
Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries (other than BKC and its Restricted Subsidiaries) may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness),
issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for the Company’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available
immediately preceding the date on which such additional 

  
 63 

 
Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, and (ii) BKC and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur
Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issues shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio on a consolidated basis for BKC’s most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial
statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, in each case, determined on a pro forma basis
(including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had
occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period; provided, further, that any direct or indirect parent entity of BKC that is also a Subsidiary of the Company may not incur Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if, after giving
pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $100.0 million of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of such entity would be outstanding
pursuant to Section 3.2(a) at such time. 
 (b) The limitations of Section 3.2(a) shall not apply to:

 (1) the incurrence of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities by BKC and any Restricted Subsidiary (including
Holdings) and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof), up to an aggregate
principal amount of $2,000.0 million outstanding at any one time; provided that BKC and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness under Credit Facilities up to an aggregate principal amount of $2,450.0 million if the Consolidated Secured Debt
Ratio would be no greater than 4.00 to 1.00 at the time of incurrence; 
 (2) (i) the incurrence by the
Issuers and any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes (including any Guarantee) (other than any Additional Notes) and (ii) the incurrence by BKC and any Restricted Subsidiary (including Holdings) of Indebtedness
represented by the 2018 Notes (including guarantees thereof) (other than any Additional 2018 Notes); 
 (3)
Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in Sections 3.2(b)(1) and 3.2(b)(2)); 

(4) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred or, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital
Stock of any Person owning such assets; provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to this Section 3.2(b)(4), when aggregated with the outstanding amount of Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(13) to refinance Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock initially incurred in reliance on this Section 3.2(b)(4), does not exceed the greater
of (x) $150.0 million and (y) 3.0% of the Total Assets at any one time outstanding; 

  
 64 

 (5) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or
other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of
such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence; 
 (6) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed
in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of
financing such acquisition; provided, however, that 
  

	 	(A)	such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company, or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP (contingent obligations
referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet shall not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this Section 3.2(b)(6)(A)); and 

 

	 	(B)	with respect to a disposition, the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including non-cash
proceeds (the fair market value of such non-cash proceeds being measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in value) actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such
disposition; 

 (7) Indebtedness of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such
Indebtedness owing to a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted
Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted
by this Section 3.2(b)(7); 
 (8) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or
another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if a Subsidiary Guarantor incurs such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of
the Notes of 

  
 65 

 
such Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, further that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a
Restricted Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this
Section 3.2(b)(8); 
 (9) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Company
or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any
such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Company or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries) shall be deemed in each case to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause Section 3.2(b)(9); 

(10) Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes) for the purpose of limiting
interest rate risk, exchange rate risk or commodity pricing risk; 
 (11) obligations in respect of performance,
bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees or obligations in respect of letters of credit related thereto provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 

(12) (A) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 100.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company since October 19, 2010 from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or cash contributed to the capital of the Company (in
each case, other than Excluded Contributions or proceeds of Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or amounts applied to make a Restricted Payment in accordance with
Section 3.3(b)(2)) as determined in accordance with Sections 3.3(a)(C)(ii) and 3.3(a)(C)(iii) to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments or to
make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 3.3(b) or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof) (together with amounts
applied under Section 3.2(b)(13) to refinance Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock initially incurred in reliance on this clause 12(A)) and (B) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, which when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (12)(B), does not at any one time outstanding exceed $150.0 million; 

(13) the incurrence or issuance by the Company of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or the incurrence or issuance by a
Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock which serves to refund or refinance 

  
 66 

 
any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under Section 3.2(a) and Sections 3.2(b)(2), 3.2(b)(3), 3.2(b)(4),
3.2(b)(12)(A), this Section 3.2(b)(13) and Section 3.2(b)(14) or any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock including additional Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to pay premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (the “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior
to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 
  

	 	(A)	has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of
the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded or refinanced; 

  

	 	(B)	to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (i) Indebtedness subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or any Guarantee, if any, thereof, such Refinancing
Indebtedness is subordinated or pari passu to the Notes or the Guarantee, if any, at least to the same extent as the Indebtedness being refinanced or refunded or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively; 

  

	 	(C)	shall not include: 

 (x) to the
extent applicable, Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor; or 

(y) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
  

	 	(D)	shall not be in a principal amount in excess of the principal amount of, premium, if any, accrued interest on and related fees and expenses (including tender premiums)
of, the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced; or 

  

	 	(E)	shall not have a Stated Maturity date prior to the earlier of the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being so refunded or refinanced or the Stated Maturity of the
Notes; 

 and provided further that subclauses (A) and (E) of this clause (13) shall not apply to
any refunding or refinancing of any Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities; 

  
 67 

 (14) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either 
  

	 	(A)	(i) in the case of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons that are acquired by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
(other than BKC and its Restricted Subsidiaries), the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 3.2(a)(i), and (ii) in the
case of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons that are acquired by BKC and its Restricted Subsidiaries, BKC would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
test set forth in Section 3.2(a)(ii) or 

  

	 	(B)	the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company or BKC, as applicable, is greater than immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

 (15) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check,
draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its incurrence; 

(16) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to
the Senior Credit Facilities, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit; 

(17) (A) any guarantee by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted
Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness is permitted under the terms of the Indenture; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, if
any, any such guarantee of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes, as the case may be,
substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable; or 
  

	 	(B)	 any guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Company provided that such guarantee is incurred in accordance with
Section 3.7; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, any such guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to such

  
 68 

	 	
Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is
subordinated to the Notes, or 

  

	 	(C)	any guarantee by a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary of Indebtedness of another Non-Guarantor Subsidiary incurred in accordance with the terms of the Indenture;

 (18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company incurred not to exceed $75.0 million at
any one time outstanding; 
 (19) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of
(i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(20) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or
former officers, members of the board of directors and employees and consultants thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance, either directly or through promissory notes issued to such persons, the purchase
or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent described in Section 3.3(b)(4); and 

(21) Guarantees of or the assumption of up to $300.0 million at any time outstanding of Indebtedness of Franchisees,
suppliers, distributors or licensees of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case to the extent such guarantee or assumption constitutes a Permitted Investment. 

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant: 

(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the
criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in Section 3.2(b)(1) through Section 3.2(b)(20) or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to
Section 3.2(a), the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and shall only be required to include the amount and type of such
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of the clauses set forth in Section 3.2(a) or Section 3.2(b). Additionally, all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness may later be classified as having been
incurred pursuant to any category of permitted Indebtedness described in Section 3.2(b)(1) through Section 3.2(b)(20) or pursuant to Section 3.2(a) so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred pursuant
to such provision at the time of reclassification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities on the Issue Date shall be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under Section 3.2(b)(1)
and may not later be reclassified; and 

  
 69 

 (2) at the time of incurrence, the Company shall be entitled to divide and
classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Sections 3.2(a) and 3.2(b). 
 Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 3.2. 

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S.
dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed,
in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be
exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing
Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. 
 The principal amount of any
Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective
Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. 
 The Issuers shall not, and shall not permit
any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuers or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be,
unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuers or such
Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be. 
 For purposes of this Indenture, (1) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be
treated as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness shall not be treated as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with
respect to the same collateral or is secured by different collateral. 
 SECTION 3.3. Limitation on Restricted Payments.

 (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger or consolidation other than: 
  

	 	(A)	dividends or distributions by the Company payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company; or 

  
 70 

	 	(B)	dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary (and if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly-Owned
Subsidiary, to its other holders of common stock on a pro rata basis) so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned
Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities; 

(ii) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of either of the Issuers or
any direct or indirect parent of either of the Issuers, including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving either of the Issuers; 
 (iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or maturity, any
Subordinated Indebtedness of either of the Issuers, other than: 
  

	 	(A)	Indebtedness permitted under Sections 3.2(b)(7) and 3.2(b)(8); or 

 

	 	(B)	the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or
final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or 

  

	 	(iv)	make any Restricted Investment; 

 (all such
payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 

 

	 	(A)	no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 

 

	 	(B)	immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, (i) with respect to Restricted Payments by the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than
BKC and its Subsidiaries), the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 3.2(a)(i) or (ii) with respect to Restricted Payments by BKC and its Subsidiaries, BKC could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
under Section 3.2(a)(ii); and 

  
 71 

	 	(C)	such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after October 19,
2010 (including Restricted Payments permitted by Sections 3.3(b)(1), (9) and (14), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 3.3(b)), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

  

	 	i	50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) commencing October 1, 2010, to the end of the Company’s most
recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus

  

	 	ii	100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in Good Faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received by
the Issuers since immediately after October 19, 2010 (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3.2(b)(12)(A))
from the issue or sale of: 

  

	 	a	(x) Equity Interests of the Company, including Treasury Capital Stock (as defined below), but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value, as determined in
Good Faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of: 

  

	 	1	Equity Interests to members of management, members of the board of managers or directors or consultants of the Company, any direct or indirect parent company of the
Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries after October 19, 2010 to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 3.3(b)(4); and 

 

	 	2	Designated Preferred Stock; and 

(y) to the extent such net cash proceeds are actually contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of the

  
 72 

 
Company’s direct or indirect parent companies (excluding contributions of the proceeds from the sale of Designated Preferred Stock of such companies or contributions to the extent such
amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 3.3(b)(4); or 
  

	 	b	debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company;

 provided, however, that in addition to clauses a. and b. referred to above, this clause (ii) shall not
include the proceeds from (V) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Company sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt
securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock and (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus 
  

	 	iii	100% of the aggregate amount of cash and the fair market value, as determined in Good Faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property contributed to
the capital of the Company after October 19, 2010 (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds (i) have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to
Section 3.2(b)(12)(A), (ii) are contributed by a Restricted Subsidiary or (iii) constitute Excluded Contributions); plus 

  

	 	iv	100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in Good Faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received
by means of: 

  

	 	a	 the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or
its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after October 19, 2010; or 

  
 73 

	 	b	the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than
in each case to the extent of the amount of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Sections 3.3(b)(7) or 3.3(b)(11) hereof or to the extent of the amount of the
Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after October 19, 2010; plus 

  

	 	v	in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after October 19, 2010, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted
Subsidiary (or the assets transferred), as determined in Good Faith by the Company or, if such fair market value exceeds $50.0 million, in writing by an Independent Financial Advisor, at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary
as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger or consolidation or transfer of assets (after taking into consideration any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or merged or consolidated or Indebtedness
associated with the assets so transferred), other than to the extent of the amount of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Sections 3.3(b)(7) or 3.3(b)(11) hereof or
to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment. 

 (b) The foregoing
provisions of Section 3.3(a) hereof shall not prohibit: 
 (1) the payment of any dividend or
distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture or the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Indebtedness if, at the date of any
irrevocable redemption notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture; 

  
 74 

 (2) (a) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of
any Equity Interests (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company, or any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the
substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent contributed to the Company (in each case, other than any
Disqualified Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”), (b) the declaration and payment of dividends on Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to a Subsidiary of the
Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock, and (c) if immediately prior to the retirement of Treasury Capital Stock, the declaration and payment
of dividends thereon was permitted under Section 3.3(b)(6), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, retire or
otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Treasury Capital
Stock immediately prior to such retirement; 
 (3) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the
case may be, which is incurred in compliance with the provisions of Section 3.2 so long as: 
  

	 	(A)	the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any
accrued and unpaid interest on, the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value, plus the amount of any premium (including any tender premiums), defeasance costs and any fees and
expenses incurred in connection with such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, exchange, acquisition or retirement and the issuance of such new Indebtedness; 

 

	 	(B)	such new Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes and any Guarantees thereof, if any, at least to the same extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so repurchased,
defeased, exchanged, redeemed, acquired or retired for value; 

  

	 	(C)	such new Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the earlier of the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being
so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, exchanged, acquired or retired, or the maturity date of the Notes; and 

  
 75 

	 	(D)	such new Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness
being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, exchanged, acquired or retired; 

 (4) a Restricted
Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies held by any future, present or former
employee, member of the board of directors or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (permitted transferees, assigns, estates or heirs of such employee, director or consultant), pursuant
to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, including any Equity Interests rolled over by management of the Company in the Transactions; provided, however, that the aggregate
Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) do not exceed in any calendar year $25.0 million (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the
following proviso) of $50.0 million in any calendar year); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 
  

	 	(A)	the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, Equity Interests of
any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to any employee, member of the board of directors or consultant of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after
October 19, 2010, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 3.3(a)(C); plus 

 

	 	(B)	the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after October 19, 2010; less 

 

	 	(C)	the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (4); 

and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any employee, member of the
board of directors or consultant of the Company, any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies or any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any of its
direct or indirect parent companies shall not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of the Indenture; 

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with the covenant described under Section 3.2 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”; 

  
 76 

 (6) (A) the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions to
holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued by the Company after October 19, 2010; provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause (A) shall not exceed the
aggregate amount of cash actually received by the Company from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; 
  

	 	(B)	the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions to a direct or indirect parent company of the Company, the proceeds of which shall be used to fund the
payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of such parent company issued after October 19, 2010; provided that the amount of dividends paid pursuant to this clause
(B) shall not exceed the aggregate amount of cash actually contributed to the Company from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock; 

  

	 	(C)	the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon
pursuant to clause (2) of this paragraph; 

 provided, however, in the case of each of (a), (b) and
(c) of this clause (6), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such
issuance or declaration on a pro forma basis, (i) in the case of Capital Stock of the Company, the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in
Section 3.2(a)(i) or (ii) in the case of Capital Stock of BKC and its Restricted Subsidiaries, BKC would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in
Section 3.2(a)(ii); 
 (7) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries taken together with all other
Investments made pursuant to this clause (7) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities, not to
exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 1.0% of Total Assets; 
 (8) repurchases of Equity
Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; 

(9) the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions on the Company’s common stock (or the payment of
dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), 

  
 77 

 
following the consummation of the first public offering of the Company’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to
6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Company in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Company’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than
any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution; 
 (10) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded
Contributions; 
 (11) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted
Payments made pursuant to this clause (11), that are at the time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Investment to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of, or have not been subsequently sold or transferred for, cash
or marketable securities) not to exceed $75.0 million at the time made since October 19, 2010; provided that any such Restricted Payment pursuant to this clause may not be used (i) for dividends or distributions on account of the
Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests or (ii) to purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect of the Company in the case
of each of (i) and (ii) above, for a period of one year immediately following the Issue Date; 
 (12)
distributions or payments of Securitization Fees, sales contributions and other transfers of Securitization Assets and purchases of Securitization Assets pursuant to a Securitization Repurchase Obligation, in each case in connection with a Qualified
Securitization Financing; 
 (13) any Restricted Payment used to fund the Transactions and the fees and expenses
related thereto or used to fund amounts owed to Affiliates (including as a result of the cancellation or vesting of outstanding options and other equity-based awards, in connection therewith), in each case as described in the Offering Memorandum to
the extent permitted under Section 3.8; provided that payments to Affiliates due to the termination of agreements with the Sponsor as described in the Offering Memorandum shall be permitted by this clause (13) only to the extent
such termination is attributable to an underwritten registered public offering of common stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or to a Change of Control; 

(14) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Preferred Stock or Subordinated
Indebtedness pursuant to Section 3.5 and Section 3.10; provided that all Notes tendered by Holders in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed or acquired
for value; 
 (15) the declaration and payment of dividends by the Company to, or the making of loans to, any
direct or indirect parent company in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent companies to pay, in each case without duplication, 

  
 78 

	 	(A)	franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence; 

 

	 	(B)	foreign, federal, state and local income taxes, to the extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to
the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments
in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of foreign, federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Company, its Restricted Subsidiaries and its
Unrestricted Subsidiaries (to the extent described above) to pay such taxes separately from any such parent entity; 

  

	 	(C)	customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such salaries,
bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  

	 	(D)	general corporate operating and overhead costs and expenses of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to the extent such costs and expenses are
attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

  

	 	(E)	amounts required for any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to pay fees and expenses incurred by any direct or indirect parent company of the Company
related to (i) the maintenance of such parent entity of its corporate or other entity existence and (ii) any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent company; and 

 

	 	(F)	taxes with respect to income of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company derived from funding made available to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
by such direct or indirect parent company; 

 (16) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of
shares of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, the primary assets of which are cash and/or Cash Equivalents); 

(17) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares or interests in connection with the exercise of warrants,
options or other rights or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company; provided that any such cash payment shall not be for the purpose of evading the
limitation of this covenant; and 

  
 79 

 (18) any Restricted Payment made with the proceeds of this offering of
Notes; 
 provided however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under Sections
3.3(b)(7), 3.3(b)(9), 3.3(b)(11) and 3.3(b)(16) hereof, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 
 The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value (as determined in Good Faith by the Company) on the date of such Restricted Payment of the assets or securities
proposed to be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. 
 As of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries shall be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to
the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to
the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investment.” Such designation shall be permitted only if a Restricted
Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time, whether pursuant to Section 3.3 or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in the Indenture. 

SECTION 3.4. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause
or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured
by, its profits, or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

  
 80 

 (b) The restrictions in Section 3.4(a) shall not apply (in each case) to
encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
  

	 	(i)	contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation and related
Hedging Obligations and Cash Management Obligations and the indenture governing the 2018 Notes and the related documentation; 

  

	 	(ii)	the Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees (including any exchange notes and related guarantees), if any; 

 

	 	(iii)	purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in Section 3.4(a)(3) on
the property so acquired; 

  

	 	(iv)	applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; 

  

	 	(v)	any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in existence at the time of such acquisition (or at the time it
merges with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person), but, in each case, not created in contemplation thereof, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to
any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired; 

 

	 	(vi)	contracts for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for
the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(vii)	Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenants described in Sections 3.2 and 3.6 that limit the right of the debtor to
dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 

  

	 	(viii)	restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

 

	 	(ix)	other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred or issued subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the
provisions of the covenant described in Section 3.2 that impose restrictions solely on the Foreign Subsidiaries party thereto or their Subsidiaries; 

 

	 	(x)	other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the
provisions of the covenant described under Section 3.2; 

  
 81 

 provided that either (A) the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction
contained in such Indebtedness are no less favorable to the Company, taken as a whole, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, than the provisions contained in the Senior Credit Facilities or in the indenture governing
the 2018 Notes, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date or (B) any encumbrance or restriction contained in such Indebtedness does not prohibit (except upon a default or event of default thereunder) the payment of dividends in an amount
sufficient, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, to make scheduled payments of cash interest on the Notes when due; 
  

	 	(xi)	customary provisions in joint venture agreements or arrangements and other similar agreements relating solely to such joint venture provided that with respect to
any joint venture agreement relating to a Restricted Subsidiary, such provisions shall not materially affect the Issuers’ ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes (as determined in Good Faith by the Company);

  

	 	(xii)	customary provisions contained in leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses or other agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

  

	 	(xiii)	any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of Section 3.4(a) above imposed by any amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (i) through (xii) above; provided that such amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other
restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing; and 

 

	 	(xiv)	restrictions created in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing that, in the good faith determination of the Company, are necessary or advisable to
effect such Securitization Facility. 

 SECTION 3.5. Limitation on Asset Sales. (a) The Company shall
not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate any Asset Sale, unless: 
 (1)
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in Good Faith by the Company) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of;
and 

  
 82 

 (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the
consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of: 

 

	 	(A)	any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto, or if incurred or accrued
subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior
to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in Good Faith by the Company) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes, that are assumed by the transferee of any such
assets and for which the Company and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing, 

  

	 	(B)	any securities or other obligations received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale, and, 

 

	 	(C)	any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together
with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed 1.0% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration, with the fair
market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, 

 shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for purposes of this provision and for no other purpose. 
 (b) Within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, 

(1) to reduce or repay: 
  

	 	a.	Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; 

 

	 	b.	Obligations under Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) that is secured by a Lien, which Lien is permitted by the Indenture, and to correspondingly reduce
commitments with respect thereto; 

  
 83 

	 	c.	Obligations under other Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto); provided that, to the
extent the Issuers reduce Obligations under such Indebtedness, the Issuers shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided under Section 5.7, through open-market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or
above 100% of the Accreted Value thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the Accreted Value thereof, plus the amount of accrued but
unpaid interest, if any, on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or 

  

	 	d.	Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, including the 2018 Notes, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (and correspondingly
reduce commitments with respect thereto); 

 (2) to make (a) an Investment in any one or more
businesses; provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such
business such that it constitutes a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures or (c) acquisitions of other assets (other than working capital assets), in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c), used or useful in a Similar
Business; or 
 (3) to make an Investment in (a) any one or more businesses, provided that such Investment
in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes a Restricted
Subsidiary, (b) properties (other than working capital assets) or (c) acquisitions of other assets (other than working capital assets) that, in the case of each of (a), (b) and (c), replace the businesses, properties and/or assets
that are the subject of such Asset Sale; 
 provided that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, a binding
commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Company or such other Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds
shall be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (an “Acceptable Commitment”) and, in the event any Acceptable Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before the Net Proceeds are
applied in connection therewith, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another Acceptable Commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within 180 days of such cancellation or termination; provided further that if any
Second Commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute “Excess Proceeds”. 

  
 84 

 Any Net Proceeds from the Asset Sale that are not invested or applied as provided and within
the time period set forth in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $40.0 million, the Issuers shall make an offer (an
“Asset Sale Offer”) to all Holders, and, if required by the terms of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with, or structurally senior to, the Notes, to purchase the maximum aggregate Accreted Value or principal amount, as
applicable, of the Notes and any such Indebtedness that is pari passu with, or structurally senior to, the Notes that is equal to $2,000 (in aggregate principal amount at maturity) or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be
purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the Accreted Value or principal amount thereof, plus (without duplication) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of such
offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. The Issuers shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $40.0 million by mailing the
notice required pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, with a copy to the Trustee or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC. The Issuers may satisfy the foregoing obligations with respect to such Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by
making an Asset Sale Offer with respect to such Net Proceeds prior to the expiration of the Application Period. 
 To the extent
that the aggregate Accreted Value or principal amount of Notes, as applicable, and any such Indebtedness that is pari passu with, or structurally senior to, the Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the
Issuers may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to compliance with other covenants contained in the Indenture. If the aggregate Accreted Value or principal amount of Notes or Indebtedness that is pari passu
with, or structurally senior to, the Notes surrendered by such holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes and the Issuers or agent for such Indebtedness shall select such Indebtedness to be purchased on
a pro rata basis based on the Accreted Value or principal amount, as applicable, of the Notes or such Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Pending the final
application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 3.5, the holder of such Net Proceeds may apply such Net Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise use such Net Proceeds
in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture. 
 The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the
Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of the Indenture, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in the Indenture by virtue
thereof. 
 SECTION 3.6. Limitation on Liens. The Issuers shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that
is a Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) (each, an “Initial Lien”) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee, on
any asset or property of the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, unless: 
 (a) in the case
of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes or the Guarantees, if any, are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or 

  
 85 

 (b) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees, if any, are equally and ratably
secured, except that the foregoing shall not apply to Liens securing the Notes and the Guarantees, if any. 
 Any Lien created for the benefit
of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to this Section 3.6 shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien that gave rise to
the obligation to so secure the Notes and the Guarantees, if any. 
 SECTION 3.7. Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by
Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 (a) The Company shall not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted
Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries guarantee other capital markets debt securities of the Company), other than a Subsidiary Guarantor, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company or
any Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, unless: 
 (A) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers
a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a senior Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, if such Indebtedness is by its express
terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee
substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee; provided that 
  

	 	(1)	if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such
Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or such Subsidiary
Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes; and 

  

	 	(2)	if the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment to such Indebtedness, the Guarantee under the supplemental indenture
shall be subordinated to such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee with respect to such Indebtedness substantially to the same extent as the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee are subordinated to such Indebtedness; and

  
 86 

 (B) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and shall not in any manner whatsoever
claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee
until payment in full of Obligations under this Indenture; and 
 (C) such Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to
the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that: 
  

	 	(1)	such Guarantee has been duly executed and authorized; and 

  

	 	(2)	such Guarantee constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary, except insofar as enforcement thereof may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) and except insofar as enforcement thereof is subject to general principles of equity; 

provided that this Section 3.7 shall not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such
Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 The Issuer may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Subsidiary Guarantor to become a Subsidiary Guarantor, in which case, such Subsidiary shall
only be required to comply with the 30-day period described above. 
 SECTION 3.8. Transactions with Affiliates.
(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter
into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate
payments or consideration in excess of $7.5 million, unless: 
 (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that
are not materially less favorable to the Company or its relevant Restricted Subsidiaries than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an
arm’s-length basis; and 
 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction
or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $25.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the board of directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in
an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (1) above. 

  
 87 

 (b) The foregoing provisions shall not apply to the following: 

(1) transactions between or among the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(2) Restricted Payments permitted by the provisions of this Indenture described above under Section 3.3 and
the definition of “Permitted Investments”; 
 (3) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring,
transaction and advisory fees and related expenses to the Sponsor pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement and the termination fees pursuant to the Sponsor Management Agreement, in each case as in effect on October 19, 2010 or any amendment
thereto (so long as any such amendment is not materially disadvantageous, in the good faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company, to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the Sponsor Management Agreement in effect on
October 19, 2010; 
 (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and
indemnities and reimbursements provided for the benefit of, former, current or future officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as determined
in Good Faith by the Company; 
 (5) transactions in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as
the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms are not materially
less favorable to the Company or its relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person on an arm’s-length basis; 

(6) any agreement or arrangement as in effect as of the Issue Date (other than the Sponsor Management Agreement, but
including, without limitation, each of the other agreements entered into in connection with the Transactions), or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not materially disadvantageous to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared
to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date); 
 (7) the existence of, or the performance by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders’ agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of October 19,
2010 and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing
agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after October 19, 2010 shall only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement, together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole,
are not otherwise disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the original agreement in effect on October 19, 2010; 

  
 88 

 (8) the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the
Transactions, in each case as contemplated in this offering memorandum; 
 (9) transactions with customers,
clients, suppliers, or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the Indenture which are fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the
reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party; 

(10) if otherwise permitted under this Indenture, the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) to Affiliates of the Company and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to the capital of direct or indirect parent companies, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(11) any customary transaction with a Securitization Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing;

 (12) payments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial
advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which payments are approved by a majority of the board of
directors of the Company or a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of the Company in good faith; 
 (13) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and employment
agreements, stock option plans, restricted stock plans, bonus programs and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case, are approved in Good Faith by the Company and in accordance with applicable law;

 (14) investments in securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (i) the
investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) the investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities; and 

(15) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company
solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Person. 
 SECTION 3.9. Limitation on Activities of Subsidiaries of the Company That Are Direct or Indirect Parents of BKC. The Company shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries that is a

  
 89 

 
direct or indirect parent entity of BKC to conduct, transact or otherwise engage, or commit to conduct, transact or otherwise engage, in any business or operations other than (a) its direct
or indirect ownership of all of the Equity Interests in, and its management of, Subsidiaries of the Company, (b) the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and the other agreements contemplated thereby,
(c) performance of its obligations, if any, under the Senior Credit Facilities, this Indenture, the 2018 Notes Indenture, the registration rights agreement relating to the 2018 Notes and the other agreements contemplated thereby (collectively,
the “Transaction Documents”) and other activities to the extent permitted by and in compliance with the Transaction Documents, (d) the provision of administrative, legal, accounting, tax and management services to, or on behalf
of, any of its Subsidiaries, (e) the entry into, and exercise of rights and performance of obligations in respect of (A) any other agreement to which it is a party on the Issue Date and described in the offering memorandum; in each case as
amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof in accordance with such Transaction Documents, (B) contracts and agreements with officers, directors and
employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries relating to their employment or directorships, (C) insurance policies and related contracts and agreements, and (D) equity subscription agreements, registration rights agreements, voting
and other stockholder agreements, engagement letters, underwriting agreements and other agreements in respect of its equity securities or any offering, issuance or sale thereof, (f) the offering, issuance, sale and repurchase or redemption of,
and dividends or distributions on its equity securities, (g) the filing of registration statements, and compliance with applicable reporting and other obligations, under federal, state or other securities laws, (h) the listing of its
equity securities and compliance with applicable reporting and other obligations in connection therewith, (i) the retention of (and the entry into, and exercise of rights and performance of obligations in respect of, contracts and agreements
with) transfer agents, private placement agents and underwriters with respect to equity securities and, counsel, accountants and other advisors and consultants, (j) the performance of obligations under and compliance with its certificate of
incorporation and by-laws, or any applicable law, ordinance, regulation, rule, order, judgment, decree or permit, including, without limitation, as a result of or in connection with the activities of its Subsidiaries, (k) the incurrence and
payment of its operating and business expenses and any taxes for which it may be liable, (l) the incurrence, repayment and redemption of Indebtedness and (m) other activities incidental or related to the foregoing. 

SECTION 3.10. Change of Control. (a) If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently mailed
a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described in Section 5.7, the Issuers shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control
Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the Accreted Value thereof plus (without duplication) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of
Holders of record of the Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class
mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, with the following information: 

(1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.10, and that all Notes properly
tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer shall be accepted for payment by the Issuers; 

  
 90 

 (2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than
30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 
 (3) that any Note not properly tendered shall remain outstanding and continue to accrete or accrue interest, as the case may be; 

(4) that unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrete or accrue interest, as the case may be, on the Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase”
on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 

(6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuers to purchase
such Notes; provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the expiration time of the Change of Control Offer, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount at
maturity of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased; 
 (7) that if the Issuers are redeeming less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes shall be issued new Notes and such new Notes shall be equal in principal amount at maturity to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 principal amount at maturity or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

(8) if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer
is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control; and 
 (9) the other instructions, as determined by
us, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow. 
 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date,
the Issuers shall, to the extent permitted by law, 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions
thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 

  
 91 

 (2) deposit with the paying agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of
Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and 
 (3) deliver, or cause to be
delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating the principal amount at maturity of such Notes or portions thereof that have been tendered to and purchased by the
Issuers. 
 (c) The Issuers shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control if a third
party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered
and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
 (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Section 3.10, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of
Control Offer. 
 (e) The Issuers shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase by the Issuers of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities
laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 SECTION 3.11. Reports and other information. 
 (a) So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall furnish: 
 (1) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, all financial information of Holdings that would be required to be contained in an annual report on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form,
filed with the SEC, including a “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and a report on the annual financial statements by Holdings’ independent registered public accounting firm;

 (2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, all financial
information of Holdings that would be required to be contained in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q, or any successor or comparable form, filed with the SEC; 
 (3) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company or Holdings were required to file such reports; and 

  
 92 

 (4) any other information, documents and other reports which Holdings would
be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; 
 in each case, in a manner that complies
in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form. The Company shall make available such information to prospective purchasers of the Notes, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders, in each case,
at the Issuers’ expense and by the applicable date the Company would be required to file such information pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence. To the extent any such information is not furnished within the time periods specified
above and such information is subsequently furnished, the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been cured; provided that such
cure shall not otherwise affect the rights of the Holders under Article VI if Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have declared the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary
obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration shall not have been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the foregoing, the Company shall, for so
long as any Notes are outstanding, furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. The annual and quarterly
financial information required in this paragraph will include a reasonably detailed reconciliation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, in “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition
and results of operations;” or other comparable section, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company separate from the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries.

 (b) Substantially concurrently with the furnishing or making such information available to the Trustee pursuant to the
immediately preceding paragraph, the Company shall also post copies of such information required by the immediately preceding paragraph on a website (which may be nonpublic and may be maintained by the Company or a third party) to which access shall
be given to Holders, prospective investors in the Notes (which prospective investors shall be limited to “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act or non-U.S. persons (as defined in Regulation S
under the Securities Act) that certify their status as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company), and securities analysts and market making financial institutions that are reasonably satisfactory to the Company. The Company shall hold
quarterly conference calls that are publicly accessible after the Company’s financial statements for the prior fiscal period have been made available, provided that such conference calls shall be held no later than 5 Business Days after the
date that such financial statements are required to be made available. No fewer than three Business Days prior to the date of the conference call required to be held in accordance with the preceding sentence the Company shall issue a press release
to the appropriate U.S. wire services announcing the time and the date of such conference call and directing the beneficial owners of, and prospective investors in, the Notes and securities analysts to contact an individual at the Company (for whom
contact information shall be provided in such press release) to obtain information on how to access such conference call. 
 (c)
The Company shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of this section if Holdings files and provides reports, documents and information of the types otherwise so 

  
 93 

 
required, in each case within the applicable time periods, and the Company is not required to file such reports, documents and information separately under the applicable rules and regulations of
the SEC (after giving effect to any exemptive relief) because of the filings by Holdings; provided that such financial statements are accompanied by consolidating financial information for Holdings, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the
Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in the manner prescribed by the SEC to the extent such financial information would be required by the SEC. 
 (d) In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Company becomes a guarantor of the Notes, the Indenture shall permit the Company to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect
to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the
information relating to such parent, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand. 
 SECTION 3.12. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 The Issuers shall maintain
an office or agency where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where, if applicable, the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes
and this Indenture may be served. The corporate trust office of the Trustee, which initially shall be located at 246 Goose Lane, Suite 105, Guilford, CT 06437, Attn: Joseph O’Donnell, shall be such office or agency of the Issuers, unless the
Issuers shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers
shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the corporate trust office of the Trustee, and the
Issuers hereby appoint the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. 
 The
Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation. The Issuers shall give prompt
written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 SECTION 3.13. Corporate Existence. Except as otherwise provided in this Article III, Article IV and Section 10.2(b), the Issuers and Holdings shall do or cause to be done
all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its respective corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each Restricted Subsidiary and the rights (charter and statutory),
licenses and franchises of the Issuers, Holdings and each Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Issuers and Holdings shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise or the corporate, partnership, limited
liability company or other existence of any Restricted Subsidiary if the respective board of directors or, with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together would
not be a Significant Subsidiary), senior 

  
 94 

 
management of the Issuers and Holdings determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuers, Holdings and each of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not, and shall not be, disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders. 
 SECTION 3.14. Payment of Taxes. The Issuers and Holdings shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, all material taxes, assessments and
governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Issuers, Holdings or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Issuers and Holdings shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge
or claim the amount, applicability or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves, if necessary (in the good faith judgment of management of the Issuers and Holdings), are being
maintained in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment shall not be disadvantageous to the Holders. 

SECTION 3.15. Payments for Consent. Neither of the Issuers nor any of their Restricted Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly,
pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of the Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid
and is paid to all Holders that are “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A of the Securities Act, who, upon request, confirm that they are “qualified institutional buyers,” consent, waive or agree to
amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or amendment. 
 SECTION 3.16.
Compliance Certificate. The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Issuers an Officer’s Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signers of their duties as
Officers of the Issuers they would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during the previous Fiscal Year; provided that no such
Officer’s Certificate shall be required for any Fiscal Year ended prior to the Issue Date. If they do, the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and the action the Issuers are taking or proposes to take with
respect thereto. The Issuers shall also deliver such a certificate describing the Default within 10 Business Days of becoming aware of any Default. The Issuers also shall comply with TIA § 314(a)(4). 

SECTION 3.17. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Issuers shall execute and deliver such further
instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 3.18. Limitation on Lines of Business. The Issuers shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Similar Business. 

SECTION 3.19. Statement by Officers as to Default. The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event
within 10 Business Days after the Issuers become aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default or an event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the
details of such Event of Default or Default, its status and the actions which the Issuers are taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

  
 95 

 SECTION 3.20. Suspension of Certain Covenants. Following the first day (a) the
Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from both of the Ratings Agencies and (b) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to Sections 3.2,
3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8 and 4.1(a)(4) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). 

If at any time the Notes’ credit rating is downgraded from an Investment Grade Rating by any Rating Agency or if a Default or Event
of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Suspended Covenants shall thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “Reinstatement Date”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms of the Indenture
(including in connection with performing any calculation or assessment to determine compliance with the terms of the Indenture), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain an Investment Grade Rating and no Default or Event of Default is in
existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Rating and no Default or Event of Default is in existence); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default
or breach of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, if any, with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any
actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period (as defined below), or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reinstatement Date, regardless of whether such actions or events would
have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the date of suspension of the covenants and the Reinstatement Date is referred to as the “Suspension
Period.” 
 On the Reinstatement Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period shall be classified to
have been Incurred pursuant to Section 3.2(a) or one of the clauses of Section 3.2(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be incurred thereunder as of the Reinstatement Date and after giving effect to
Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reinstatement Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant Sections 3.2(a) or (b), such Indebtedness shall be
deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted under Section 3.2(b)(3). Calculations made after the Reinstatement Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under
Section 3.3 shall be made as though the covenants described under Section 3.3 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period
shall reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 3.3(a). 
 During any period when
the Suspended Covenants are suspended, the board of directors of the Company may not designate any of the Company’s Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to this Indenture. 

The Issuers shall provide an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee indicating the occurrence of any Suspended Covenants or
Reinstatement Date. The Trustee shall have no obligation to (i) independently determine or verify if such events have occurred, (ii) make any 

  
 96 

 
determination regarding the impact of any actions taken during the Suspension Period on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ future compliance with their covenants or
(iii) notify the Holders of any Suspended Covenants or Reversion Date. 
 ARTICLE IV 

SUCCESSOR COMPANY 
 SECTION 4.1. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets. 
 (a) Neither Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of
all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 

(1) such Issuer is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other
than such Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Issuer or the laws of the United
States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); provided that in the case where the surviving Person is not a corporation,
a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation; 
 (2) the Successor Company, if other than such Issuer, expressly
assumes all the obligations of such Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(3) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; 

(4) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such
transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, 
  

	 	(A)	the Successor Company or such Issuer would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in
Section 3.2(a)(i) or 

  

	 	(B)	the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; 

 (5) each Subsidiary Guarantor, if
any, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1)(b) of Section 10.2(b) shall apply, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; 

  
 97 

 (6) such Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; 
 (b) The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for such Issuer, as the case may be, under the Indenture, the Guarantees, if any, and the Notes, as applicable. 

(c) Notwithstanding Sections 4.1(a)(3) and (a)(4), 

 

	 	(a)	any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary;

  

	 	(b)	either Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or a Subsidiary
Guarantor, as applicable; and 

  

	 	(c)	either Issuer may consolidate or merge with an Affiliate of such Issuer, as the case may be, solely for the purpose of reincorporating such Issuer in any state of the
United States, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof. 

 (d) For purposes of this
Section 4.1, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company
instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.
The predecessor company shall be released from its obligations under the Indenture and the Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, such Issuer under this Indenture, but, in the case of a
lease of all or substantially all its assets, the predecessor shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes. 
 ARTICLE V 
 REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES 

SECTION 5.1. Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 5.7 hereof, they must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a
redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth: 
 (1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to
which the redemption shall occur; 

  
 98 

 (2) the redemption date; 

(3) the Accreted Value of Notes to be redeemed; and 

(4) the redemption price. 
 Any redemption referenced in such Officer’s Certificate may be cancelled by the Issuers at any time prior to notice of redemption being mailed to any Holder and thereafter shall be null and void.

 SECTION 5.2. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 

If the Issuers are redeeming or purchasing less than all of the Notes issued by them at any time, pursuant to Section 5.7 or
purchased in an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 3.10, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed (a) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the
requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed, (b) on a pro rata basis (to the extent practicable) or (c) by lot or such other similar method in accordance with the procedures of DTC. 

No Notes of $2,000 in principal amount at maturity or less can be redeemed in part. In the event of partial redemption, the particular
Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or
purchase. 
 The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in
the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 in principal amount at maturity or an integral multiple of
$1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided
in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 

SECTION 5.3. Notice of Redemption. At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuers shall mail or
cause to be mailed, by first class mail postage prepaid, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be
mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles VIII or XII hereof. 

The notice shall identify the Notes (including the CUSIP number) to be redeemed and shall state: 

(1) the redemption date; 

  
 99 

 (2) the redemption price; 

(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount at maturity of such Note to be redeemed and
that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount at maturity equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(6) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to
accrete or accrue, as applicable, on and after the redemption date; 
 (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or
Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
 (8) that
no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at their expense; provided, however, that the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45
days prior to the redemption date (or such shorter period as the Trustee shall agree), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the
preceding paragraph. 
 SECTION 5.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance
with Section 5.3 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. Any redemption or notice of redemption may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or
more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of an Equity Offering, other offering or other corporate transaction or event. Notice of any redemption in respect of an Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion
thereof. 
 SECTION 5.5. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the
redemption or purchase date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The
Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest, if any, on,
all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 
 If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the
redemption or purchase date, the Accreted Value ceases to increase and cash interest shall 

  
 100

 
cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a cash interest record date but on or prior to the related
interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid cash interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon
surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the preceding paragraph, cash interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the
extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 3.1 hereof. 
 SECTION 5.6. Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee shall
authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount at maturity to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided, that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount at
maturity of $2,000 or integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 SECTION 5.7. Optional Redemption. 

(a) At any time prior to April 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon notice as provided in
Section 5.3, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Accreted Value thereof on the Redemption Date, plus the Applicable Premium as of, and (without duplication) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of
redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 

(b) Prior to April 15, 2014, the Issuers may, at their option, upon notice as provided in Section 5.3, redeem up to 35%
of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes at a redemption price equal to 111.0% of the Accreted Value thereof, plus (without duplication) accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding the applicable Redemption Date,
subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (a) at least 50% of the sum of
the aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes originally issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes that are issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of
each such redemption and (b) each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing of each such Equity Offering. The Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under Sections 5.1 through
5.6. 
 (c) Except pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of this Section 5.7, the Notes shall not be
redeemable at the Issuers’ option prior to April 15, 2015. 
 (d) On and after April 15, 2015 the Issuers may
redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as provided in Section 5.3, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Accreted Value thereof to be redeemed) set forth in the table below, plus
(without duplication) accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to but excluding the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date,
if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15, of each of the years indicated in the table below: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Price	 
		
	 2015
	  	 	105.500	% 
	 2016
	  	 	102.750	% 
	 2017 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

  
 101

 (e) Unless the Issuers default in the payment of the redemption price, interest shall cease
to accrete or accrue, as applicable, on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable Redemption Date. 

(f) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 5.7 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5.1 through
5.6. 
 SECTION 5.8. Mandatory Redemption. (a) Except as set forth in Section 5.8(b) hereof, the
Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 (b) If the Notes
otherwise would constitute “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code, at the end of each “accrual period” (as defined in Section 1272(a)(5) of the Code) ending
after the fifth anniversary of the Notes’ issuance (each, an “AHYDO redemption date”), the Issuers will be required to redeem for cash a portion of each Note then outstanding equal to the “Mandatory Principal Redemption
Amount” (each such redemption, a “Mandatory Principal Redemption”). The redemption price for the portion of each Note redeemed pursuant to any Mandatory Principal Redemption will be 100% of the aggregate principal amount at
maturity of such portion plus any accrued interest thereon on the date of redemption. “Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount” means, as of each AHYDO redemption date, the portion of a Note required to be redeemed to prevent such
Note from being treated as an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code. The determination of whether the Notes would otherwise constitute “applicable high yield discount
obligations” and the amount of any related Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount shall be made in good faith by the Issuers, and such determinations shall be binding on all holders of Notes. No partial redemption or repurchase of the Notes
prior to any AHYDO redemption date pursuant to any other provision of the Indenture will alter the Issuers’ obligation to make the Mandatory Principal Redemption with respect to any Notes that remain outstanding on such AHYDO redemption date.

 ARTICLE VI 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 SECTION 6.1. Events of Default.
(a) Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 
 (1) default in payment when due and
payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; 

  
 102

 (2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest, if any,
on or with respect to the Notes; 
 (3) failure by the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor for 60 days after
receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Notes to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clauses
(1) and (2) above) contained in this Indenture or the Notes; 
 (4) default under any mortgage,
indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both: 

 

	 	(A)	such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace
periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its
stated maturity; and 

  

	 	(B)	the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at stated final
maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $50.0 million or more at any one time outstanding; 

(5) failure by the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together
(determined as of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Company for a fiscal period end provided as required under Section 3.11) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess
of $50.0 million other than any judgments covered by indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and creditworthy companies, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days
after such judgment becomes final, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed; 

(6) the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (determined as of the
most recent consolidated financial 

  
 103

 
statements of the Company for a fiscal period end provided as required under Section 3.11), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any
Bankruptcy Law: 
 (i) commences a voluntary case or proceeding; 

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding; 

(iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for substantially all of its property; or 

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or 

(v) consents to or acquiesces in the institution of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding against it; or 

(vi) takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; 

(7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(i) is for relief against the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together
(determined as of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Company for a fiscal period end provided as required under Section 3.11), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case; 

(ii) appoints a Custodian of the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that
together (determined as of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Company for a fiscal period end provided as required under Section 3.11), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, for substantially all of its
property; or 
 (iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary (or any
group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (determined as of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Company for a fiscal period end provided as required under Section 3.11), would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary; or 
 (iv) or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order, decree or relief
remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; and 
 (8) the Guarantee, if any, of any Significant
Subsidiary (or group of Subsidiaries that together (determined as of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Company for a fiscal period end provided as required under Section 3.11) would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary) shall for any reason cease to be in full force and effect or be declared null and void or any responsible officer of the Company or of any 

  
 104

 
Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or the responsible officers of any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (determined as of the most recent consolidated
financial statements of the Company for a fiscal period end provided as required under Section 3.11) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), as the case may be, denies that it has any further liability under its or their Guarantee(s)
or gives notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture. 
 SECTION 6.2. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.1) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by
notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then total outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of
(or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value thereof), premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (without duplication), if any, and any other monetary obligations on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration,
such principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value thereof), premium and accrued and unpaid interest (without duplication) and any other monetary obligations shall be due and payable immediately. 

In the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.1, such Event of Default and all consequences
thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 30 days after such Event of
Default arose: 
 (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been
discharged; or 
 (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the
case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or 
 (z) if the default that is the basis for such Event of
Default has been cured. 
 If an Event of Default described in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.1 occurs and
is continuing, the principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016 the Accreted Value thereof), premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (without duplication) and any other monetary obligations on all the Notes shall become and be immediately
due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. 
 SECTION 6.3. Other
Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest (without duplication) on the Notes
or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes, this Indenture or the Guarantees, if any. 
 The Trustee may
maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not
impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. 

  
 105

 SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a majority in principal amount
at maturity of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee (with a copy to the Issuers, but the applicable waiver or rescission shall be effective when the notice is given to the Trustee) may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes,
(a) waive, by their consent (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), an existing Default and its consequences under this Indenture except (i) a
continuing Default in the payment of the Accreted Value thereof, or premium, if any, or interest (without duplication) on a Note held by a non-consenting Holder or (ii) a Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.2
cannot be amended without the consent of each Holder affected and (b) rescind any acceleration and its consequences with respect to the Notes provided such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right. 

SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the outstanding Notes may direct
the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this
Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees or, subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however,
that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any such action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification reasonably satisfactory to it in its
sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 
 SECTION 6.6. Limitation on
Suits. Subject to Section 6.7, a Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (1) such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (2) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the total outstanding Notes have requested that the Trustee pursue the remedy; 

(3) Holders of the Notes have offered and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such
request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) the
Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request during such 60-day period. 

  
 106

 A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a
preference or priority over another Holder. 
 SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any
other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 6.6), the right of any Holder to receive payment of Accreted Value thereof, premium (if any), or interest (without duplication) on the Notes held by such Holder,
on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) of
Section 6.1 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid cash interest to
the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7. 
 SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of
Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers, its Subsidiaries or its or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may be
entitled and empowered to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any
Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount
due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7. 

No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any
Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

SECTION 6.10. Priorities. (a) If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay
out the money or property in the following order: 
 FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due to it under
Section 7.7; 
 SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for the Accreted Value
thereof, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for Accreted Value and interest (without duplication), respectively; and 

THIRD: to the Issuers, or to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, to such
Subsidiary Guarantor. 

  
 107

 (b) The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant
to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record date, the Issuers shall mail to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess
reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does
not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Issuers, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes. 

ARTICLE VII 

TRUSTEE 

SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and
powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs; provided that the Trustee
shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless the Holders have offered the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory
to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and
no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (2) in the
absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates, opinions or orders furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the
requirements of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, as applicable. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine
such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other
facts stated therein). 
 (b) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent
failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of
paragraph (b) of this Section 7.1; 

  
 108

 (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good
faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with
a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5; and 
 (4) No provision of this Indenture, the
Notes or the Guarantees shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or thereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall
have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (c) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.1. 

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers.

 (e) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 (f) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the
Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1 and to the provisions of the TIA. 
 (g) Unless
otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuers shall be sufficient if signed by one Officer of the Issuers. 
 SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 7.1: 
 (a)
The Trustee may conclusively rely on and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order or other paper or document
(whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. The Trustee shall receive and
retain financial reports and statements of the Issuers as provided herein, but shall have no duty to review or analyze such reports or statements to determine compliance with covenants or other obligations of the Issuers. 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel. The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 

  
 109

 (c) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts and powers hereunder or perform any duties
hereunder either directly by or through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder. 

(d) In the absence of willful misconduct or negligence, the Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers, conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) The Trustee
may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect
of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder or under the Notes or the Guarantees in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default or whether any entity or group of entities constitutes a Significant Subsidiary unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee
has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or of any such Significant Subsidiary is received by the Trustee at the corporate trust office of the Trustee specified in Section 13.2,
and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (g) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits
given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 (h) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture, the
Notes or the Guarantees at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless the Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the
costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby. 
 (i) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have
knowledge of any fact or matter unless such fact or matter is known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee. 
 (j) Whenever in the
administration of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder or thereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be
herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith or willful misconduct on its part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate. 
 (k) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit),
irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

  
 110

 (l) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters
stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation
into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine, during business hours and upon reasonable notice, the books, records and premises of
the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, personally or by agent or attorney. 
 (m) The Trustee shall not be required to
give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder. 
 (n) The Trustee may request that
the Issuers deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture or the Notes. 

SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of
Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like
rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Issuers; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting
interest under the TIA, the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the SEC for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign. 

SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or
adequacy of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes, shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes, shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent
other than the Trustee or any money paid to the Issuers pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuers in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in
the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. 
 SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults. If a Default
or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Trust Officer has actual knowledge thereof, the Trustee shall mail by first class mail to each Holder at the address set forth in the Notes Register notice of the Default or Event of Default
within 90 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer. Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of Accreted Value of, premium (if any), or interest (without duplication) on any Note (including payments pursuant to the optional
redemption or required repurchase provisions of such Note), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders. In addition, the
Trustee shall have no obligation to accelerate the Notes if in the best judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interest of the Holders of the Notes. 
 SECTION 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders. Within 60 days after each October 15 beginning October 15, 2011, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated as of such
October 15 that complies with TIA § 313(a) if and to the extent required thereby. The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b) and TIA § 313(c). 

  
 111

 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the SEC and
each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Issuers agree to notify promptly the Trustee in writing whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof and the Trustee shall comply with TIA §
313(d). 
 SECTION 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuers shall pay to each of the Trustee from time to time
reasonable compensation for its services hereunder and under the Notes and the Guarantees as the Issuers and the Trustee or the Issuers shall from time to time agree in writing. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on
compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse each of the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including, but not limited to, costs of collection, costs of preparing
reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Holders. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the respective agents, counsel, accountants and
experts of the Trustee. The Issuers shall indemnify each of the Trustee against any and all loss, liability, damages, claims or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it without willful misconduct, negligence or
bad faith on its part in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder and under the Notes and the Guarantees, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this
Section 7.7), the Notes and the Guarantees and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Holder, the Issuers or otherwise). Each of the Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which it may seek
indemnity of which it has received written notice. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall defend the claim and each of the Trustee shall provide reasonable
cooperation at the Issuers’ expense in the defense. The Trustee may each have separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided that the Issuers shall not be required to pay the fees and expenses
of such separate counsel if it assumes the Trustee’s defense, and, in the reasonable judgment of outside counsel to the Trustee, there is no conflict of interest between the Issuers and the Trustee in connection with such defense. 

To secure the Issuers’ payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all
money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. The Trustee’s right to
receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.7 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or Indebtedness of the Issuers. 
 The Issuers’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall survive the discharge of this Indenture. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under
applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after the occurrence of a Default specified in clause (6) or clause (7) of Section 6.1, the expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its
counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

  
 112

 SECTION 7.8. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so
notifying the Issuers in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such resignation. The Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the removed Trustee in writing not
less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such removal and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Issuers’ written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuers shall remove the Trustee if: 

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Issuers or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the Notes and such
Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee as described in the preceding paragraph, or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee),
the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 
 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.
The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7.

 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring
Trustee or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount at maturity of the Notes may petition, at the Issuers’ expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in TIA
§ 310(b), any Holder, who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six months, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Issuers’ obligations under
Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by
Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation
without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 

  
 113

 In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to
the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and
deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the
successor to the Trustee; provided that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall only apply to its successor or successors by merger,
consolidation or conversion. 
 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. This Indenture shall always have a Trustee
that satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5) in every respect. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The
Trustee shall comply with TIA § 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in
other securities of the Issuers are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. 
 SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuers. The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who
has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated. 
 SECTION 7.12. Trustee’s
Application for Instruction from the Issuers. Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Issuers may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this
Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such
application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three Business Days after the date any Officer of the Issuers actually receive such application, unless any such Officer shall have consented in
writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or
omitted. 
 ARTICLE VIII 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 SECTION 8.1. Option to Effect
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance; Defeasance. The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set
forth below in this Article VIII. 

  
 114

 SECTION 8.2. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Issuers’ exercise under
Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Issuers and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be deemed to
have been discharged from their obligation with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees, if any) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal
Defeasance means that the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Guarantees), which shall thereafter be deemed to be
“outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.5 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all of their other obligations under such Notes, the
Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same) and to have cured all then existing Events of Default, except for the following provisions which
shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: 
 (1) the rights of Holders of Notes to
receive payments in respect of the principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value) of, premium, if any, and interest (without duplication) on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust referred to in
Section 8.4 hereof; 
 (2) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to Notes under Article
II concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and Section 3.12 hereof concerning the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held
in trust; 
 (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee and the Issuers’
obligations in connection therewith; and; 
 (4) this Article VIII with respect to provisions relating to
Legal Defeasance. 
 SECTION 8.3. Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.1
hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Issuers and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be released from each of
their obligations under the covenants contained in Section 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.15, 3.18 and
Section 4.1(a)(4) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall
thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed
“outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Guarantees, the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no
liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any
other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1 hereof, but, except as specified above, the

  
 115

 
remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Guarantees shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable
to this Section 8.3, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, Sections 6.1(3), 6.1(4), 6.1(5), 6.1(6) (with respect only to a Restricted Subsidiary that is a
Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), 6.1(7) (with respect only to a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that taken together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), and 6.1(8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 
 SECTION 8.4. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof: 

(1) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in
U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the
Accreted Value ) of, premium, if any, and interest (without duplication) due on the Notes on the Stated Maturity date or on the redemption date, as the case may be, of such principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value) of,
premium, if any, or interest on such Notes, and the Issuers must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; 
 (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and
exclusions; 
  

	 	(A)	the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or 

 

	 	(B)	since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, 

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and
exclusions, the Holders of the Notes shall not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and shall be subject to such U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the
same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (3)
in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes shall not
recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and shall be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if
such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

  
 116

 (4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied
to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness, and, in each case the granting of Liens in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit; 

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound (other than that
resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith); 

(6) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such
opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions following the deposit, the trust funds shall not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code; 

(7) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by
the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor or others; and 
 (8) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating
that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with. 
 SECTION 8.5. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to Section 8.6 hereof, all money and non-callable Government
Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof in respect of
the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as Paying Agent)
as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash
or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the
outstanding Notes. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Article VIII to the contrary, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to
the Issuers from time to time upon the request of the Issuers any money or 

  
 117

 
non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.4 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a
written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal
Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 SECTION 8.6. Repayment to the Issuers. Any money deposited with the Trustee or any
Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the Accreted Value (or if after April 15, 2016, the principal amount) of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such Accreted
Value (or if after April 15, 2016, the principal amount), premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person or (if then held by the
Issuers) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuers for payment thereof unless an abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee or
such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at
the expense of the Issuers cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from
the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuers. 
 SECTION 8.7. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.2 or
8.3 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s and the Subsidiary Guarantors’ obligations
under this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all
such money in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuers make any payment of Accreted Value (or if after April 15, 2016, the principal amount) of, premium, if
any, or interest on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or non-callable Government Securities held by the Trustee
or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE IX 
 AMENDMENTS 
 SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders.
Notwithstanding Section 9.2 of this Indenture, the Issuers, any Subsidiary Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee or this Indenture to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and any Guarantee, if any,
and the Notes without the consent of any Holder: 
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or
inconsistency; 

  
 118

 (2) to provide for uncertificated Notes of such series in addition to or in
place of certificated Notes; 
 (3) to comply with Article IV or Section 10.2(b); 

(4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuers’ or any Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders in a
transaction that complies with this Indenture; 
 (5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights
or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees, if any, of any such Holder; 
 (6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor; 

(7) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the
Trust Indenture Act; 
 (8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a
successor Trustee hereunder pursuant to the requirements hereof; 
 (9) to provide for the issuance of exchange
notes or private exchange notes, which are identical to exchange notes except that they are not freely transferable; 
 (10) to add a guarantor under this Indenture; 
 (11) to conform the
text of this Indenture, Guarantee, if any, or Notes to any provision under the heading “Description of notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the Offering Memorandum was intended to be a verbatim recitation
of a provision of this Indenture, Guarantee, if any, or Notes; or 
 (12) to make any amendment to the provisions
of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this
Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes.

 Subject to Section 9.2, upon the request of the Issuers, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents
described in Section 13.4 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects
the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 

After an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.1 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to Holders a notice briefly
describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.1. 

  
 119

 SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders. 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.2, the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement
this Indenture, any related Guarantee and the Notes issued hereunder with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes then outstanding, including consents obtained in connection with a
purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes, and, subject to Sections 6.4 and 6.7 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the Accreted Value of,
premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the
Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes, other than Notes beneficially owned by the Company or its Affiliates (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer
for the Notes). Section 2.11 hereof and Section 13.6 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.2. 

Upon the request of the Issuers, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the
Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 13.4 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental
indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter
into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 
 Without the consent of each affected Holder of Notes, an amendment or waiver may
not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder: 
 (1) reduce the principal amount at maturity of
such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
 (2) reduce the principal (or if
prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value) of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or alter or waive the provisions with respect to the redemption of such Notes (other than provisions relating to Sections 3.5 and
3.10); 
 (3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note; 

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes,
except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or
provision contained in the Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all Holders; 

  
 120

 (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

 (6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of
Holders to receive payments of principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016) of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes; 
 (7) make any change in these amendment and waiver provisions that require each Holder’s consent; 
 (8) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of Accreted Value of, or interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any
payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; 
 (9) make any change to or modify the ranking of the
Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; 
 (10) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify
the Guarantees, if any, of any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (determined as of the most recent consolidated financial statements of the Company for a fiscal period end provided as required under
Section 3.11) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes; or 
 (11) change the method of calculating Accreted Value. 
 It shall not be necessary
for the consent of the Holders under this Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. A consent to any amendment, supplement or
waiver under this Indenture by any Holder of the Notes given in connection with a tender or exchange of such Holder’s Notes shall not be rendered invalid by such tender or exchange. 

After an amendment or supplement under this Section 9.2 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to Holders a notice briefly
describing such amendment or supplement. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment or supplement. 

SECTION 9.3. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture, any Guarantee, if any, and the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 

SECTION 9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder
of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or

  
 121

 
subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the
amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or
permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons,
shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120
days after such record date. 
 SECTION 9.5. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers
in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 

SECTION 9.6. Trustee to Sign Amendments. 
 The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or
immunities of the Trustee. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents
required by Section 13.4 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 

ARTICLE X 

GUARANTEE 

SECTION 10.1. Guarantee. Any Restricted Subsidiaries that become Subsidiary Guarantors in accordance with the provisions of this
Indenture hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Subsidiary Guarantor, to each Holder of the Notes, and the Trustee the full and punctual payment
when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the Accreted Value of, premium, if any, and interest (without duplication) (including without limitation principal accreting after the filing of any petition in
bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such

  
 122

 
proceeding and the obligations under Section 7.7) on the Notes and all other obligations and liabilities of the Issuers under this Indenture (all the foregoing being hereinafter
collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantee shall be on an unsecured senior basis. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations shall (i) rank equally in right of payment with other
existing and future Senior Indebtedness of each such Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) be effectively subordinated to all Secured Indebtedness of each such Subsidiary Guarantor to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness and
(iii) shall be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of each such Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 To evidence its Guarantee set forth in this Section 10.1, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that a supplemental indenture to the Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Subsidiary
Guarantor by an Officer of such Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in
Section 10.1 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless. 

Upon execution of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture by the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Guarantees set forth in this Indenture
shall be deemed duly delivered, without any further action by any Person, on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantors. Following the Issue Date, the delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due
delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantors. 
 Each Subsidiary Guarantor
further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it shall remain bound under this Article X
notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. 
 Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives presentation to,
demand of payment from and protest to the Issuers of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations.

 Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a Guarantee of payment when due (and not a
Guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. 
 Except as set forth in Section 10.2, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other
than payment of the Guaranteed Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of
the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guaranteed Obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor herein shall not be

  
 123

 
discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuers or any other person under
this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other
agreement; (d) the failure of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy against any other Subsidiary Guarantor; (e) any change in the ownership of the Issuers; (f) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the
performance of the Guaranteed Obligations, or (g) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Subsidiary Guarantor or would otherwise operate as
a discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 
 Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee
herein shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations or such Subsidiary Guarantor is released from its Guarantee in compliance with Section 10.2, Article VIII or Article XII.
Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of Accreted Value (or if after April 15, 2016, the principal
amount) of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuers or otherwise. 

In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any Subsidiary
Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby promises to
and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee on behalf of the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations
then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest (without duplication) on such Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) (including principal accreting or interest accruing, as applicable,
after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed
in such proceeding). 
 Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Subsidiary Guarantor, on the one hand,
and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other
prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and
payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Subsidiary Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee. 
 Each
Subsidiary Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section. 

  
 124

 SECTION 10.2. Limitation on Liability; Termination, Release and Discharge.

 (a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor
hereunder shall be limited to the maximum amount as shall, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including, without limitation, if applicable, any guarantees under the Senior Credit
Facilities or the 2018 Notes Indenture) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under its Guarantee or
pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or state law and not otherwise
being void or voidable under any similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 (b) Subject to
Section 10.2(c), the Company shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign,
transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transaction, to, any Person unless: 
 (i) such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) or to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary Guarantor, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof,
the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Subsidiary Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”); 

(ii) the Successor Person, if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such
Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(iii) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; 

(iv) the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating
that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture; or 
 (v) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 3.5. 
 (c)
Subject to the limitations described in this Indenture, the Successor Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture and such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
Subsidiary Guarantor may (i) merge into or with or wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to a Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company or (ii) merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of
reincorporating or reorganizing the Subsidiary Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Restricted Subsidiary (other than BKC) may liquidate or dissolve
if the Company determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Company and is not materially disadvantageous to the Holders. 

  
 125

 (d) Any Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Notes shall be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged upon: 
 (1) (A) the sale, exchange, disposition or transfer (by
merger or otherwise) of (x) the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor, after which the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, or (y) all or substantially all the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor,
which sale, exchange, disposition or transfer in each case is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; 
 (B) in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary which after the Issue Date is required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to this covenant, the release or discharge of the guarantee by such Restricted
Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, which resulted in the obligation to guarantee the Notes (except a release or discharge as a result of payment under such guarantee); 

(C) the proper designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in
compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; and 
 (D) the Issuers exercising their legal
defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described in Article VIII or if its obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with Article XII. 

(2) Such Subsidiary Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
stating that all conditions precedent provided for in the Indenture relating to such transaction have been complied with. 

SECTION 10.3. Right of Contribution. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that any Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment on
the obligations under the Guarantees shall be entitled, upon payment in full of all obligations under the Guarantees, to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Subsidiary Guarantor’s pro rata
portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Subsidiary Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall in no respect limit the obligations and
liabilities of each Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee and the Holders and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain liable to the Trustee and the Holders for the full amount guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder. 

SECTION 10.4. No Subrogation. Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder, no Subsidiary
Guarantor shall be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Issuers or any other Subsidiary Guarantor or any guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the
Guaranteed Obligations, nor shall any Subsidiary Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Issuers or any other Subsidiary Guarantor in 

  
 126

 
respect of payments made by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders by the Issuers on account of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid in full.
If any amount shall be paid to any Subsidiary Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Guaranteed Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by such Subsidiary Guarantor in trust for
the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of such Subsidiary Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Subsidiary Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by such Subsidiary Guarantor (duly
indorsed by such Subsidiary Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Guaranteed Obligations. 
 ARTICLE
XI 
 RESERVED 
 ARTICLE XII 
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

SECTION 12.1. Satisfaction and Discharge. 
 This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when: 
 (a) either: 
 (i) all Notes theretofore authenticated and
delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

(ii) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the
making of a notice of redemption or otherwise, shall become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in
the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers, and the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S.
dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as shall be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee
for cancellation for principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value) of, premium, if any, and accrued interest (without duplication) to the date of maturity or redemption; 

(b) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous
deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith) with respect to the Indenture or the Notes 

  
 127

 
shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under, the Senior Credit Facilities, the 2018 Notes (or the 2018 Notes Indenture) or any other material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuers or any
Subsidiary Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection
therewith); 
 (c) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under the Indenture; and 

(d) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at
maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 (e) In addition, the Issuers shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate
and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (a)(ii) of this Section 12.1, the provisions of Sections
12.2 and 8.6 hereof shall survive. 
 SECTION 12.2. Application of Trust Money. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.6 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.1
hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as their own Paying Agent) as the Trustee
may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the Accreted Value (and premium, if any) and interest (without duplication) for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds
except to the extent required by law. 
 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in
accordance with Section 12.1 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ and
any Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.1 hereof; provided that if the Issuers have made any payment
of Accreted Value of, premium, if any, or interest (without duplication) on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money
or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

  
 128

 ARTICLE XIII 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION 13.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If and
to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by the TIA shall control. Each Subsidiary Guarantor in
addition to performing its obligations under its Guarantee shall perform such other obligations as may be imposed upon it with respect to this Indenture under the TIA. 
 SECTION 13.2. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person, sent by facsimile, sent by electronic mail, delivered by commercial courier service or mailed by
first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: 
 if to the Issuers or to any Subsidiary Guarantor: 

Burger King Capital Holdings, LLC 
 5505 Blue Lagoon Drive 
 Miami, Florida 33126 

Attention: General Counsel 
 Telecopy: (305) 378-7112 
 with a copy to: 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP 
 601 Lexington Ave 
 New York, New York 10022 

Attention: Joshua N. Korff 
 Telecopy: (212) 446-4900 
 E-mail: joshua.korff@kirkland.com 

if to the Trustee, at its corporate trust office, which corporate trust office for purposes of this Indenture is at the date hereof
located at: 
 Wilmington Trust FSB 
 Corporate Client Services 
 246 Goose Lane, Suite 105 

Guilford, CT 06437 
 Attention: Joseph O’Donnell 
 Telecopy: (203) 453-1183 

E-mail: jodonnell@wilmingtontrust.com 
 The Issuers or the Trustee by written notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

  
 129

 Any notice or communication to the Issuers or the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to
have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; on the first date on which publication is made, when given by publication; and five calendar
days after mailing if sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee). Any notice or communication to the Trustee shall
be deemed delivered upon receipt. 
 Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to the Holder at the
Holder’s address as it appears in the Notes Register and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. 
 Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided
above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt. 
 In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval
of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder. 
 SECTION 13.3. Communication by
Holders with other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the
protection of TIA § 312(c). 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or
any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to DTC for such Note (or its designee), pursuant to the
customary procedures of DTC. 
 SECTION 13.4. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or
application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (1) an Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to
the proposed action have been complied with; and 
 (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 
 SECTION
13.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include: 

(1) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

  
 130

 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a
statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied
with. 
 In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officer’s Certificate or on
certificates of public officials. 
 SECTION 13.6. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the
required aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Affiliate of them shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except
that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only
Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination. 
 SECTION 13.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent
and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or at meetings of, Holders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 

SECTION 13.8. Legal Holidays. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banking
institutions are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York. If the maturity date or a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no additional principal or
interest, as applicable, shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected. 
 SECTION 13.9. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES, IF ANY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS
MADE OR INSTRUMENTS ENTERED INTO AND, IN EACH CASE, PERFORMED IN SAID STATE. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE COURTS OF, AND THE FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN, THE STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE (INCLUDING THE GUARANTEES, IF ANY, SET FORTH HEREIN) OR THE NOTES. 
 SECTION
13.10. USA Patriot Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and 

  
 131

 
in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a
relationship or opens an account. The parties to this Indenture agree that they shall provide the Trustee with such information as they may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the USA Patriot Act. 

SECTION 13.11. No Recourse Against Others. An incorporator, director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Issuers or any
Subsidiary Guarantor or any of their parent companies, solely by reason of this status, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in
respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are a part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 

SECTION 13.12. Successors. All agreements of the Issuers and each Subsidiary Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind
their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 SECTION 13.13.
Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. 

SECTION 13.14. [Reserved]. 
 SECTION 13.15. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference
only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

SECTION 13.16. WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL. THE ISSUERS, THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND
UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN. 
 SECTION 13.17. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly
or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or
malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services, it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable best efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance
as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
 SECTION 13.18. [Reserved]. 

  
 132

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed all as of the
date and year first written above. 
  

			
	BURGER KING CAPITAL HOLDINGS, LLC
		
	By:	 	 

	Name:	 	Daniel S. Schwartz
	Title:	 	 Executive Vice President,

Chief Financial Officer

  

			
	BURGER KING CAPITAL FINANCE, INC.
		
	By:	 	 

	Name:	 	Daniel S. Schwartz
	Title:	 	 Executive Vice President,

Chief Financial Officer

 [Signature Page to the Indenture] 

 
					
	WILMINGTON TRUST FSB,
	as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 

		 	Name:	 	Timothy P. Mowdy
		 	Title:	 	Vice President

 [Signature Page to the Indenture] 

 EXHIBIT A: Form of Series A Note 

[FORM OF FACE OF SERIES A NOTE] 
 [Applicable Restricted Notes Legend] 
 [Depository Legend, if applicable]

 [OID Legend] 
 [Temporary Regulation S Legend, if applicable] 
  

					
	No. [        ]	 		 	Principal Amount At Maturity
		 		 	$[            ] [as revised by the Schedule
		 		 	of Increases and Decreases in Global Note
		 		 	attached hereto]1
		 		 	CUSIP NO.                    2

 BURGER KING CAPITAL HOLDINGS, LLC 
 BURGER KING CAPITAL FINANCE, INC. 
 11% Senior Discount Notes due 2019 

Burger King Capital Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Burger King Capital Finance, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (collectively, the “Issuers”), promise to pay to [Cede & Co.]1, or its registered assigns, the principal amount at maturity of                      Dollars, [as
revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto]1, on April 15, 2019. 
 Cash Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and
October 15, commencing on October 15, 2016 
 Record Dates: April 1 and October 1 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

	1 	 Insert in Global Notes only 

	2 	 144A – 12120QAA0 

 Reg S – U10578AA7 

  
 A-1

  
 2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	BURGER KING CAPITAL HOLDINGS, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	BURGER KING CAPITAL FINANCE, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 A-2

							
	 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF
 AUTHENTICATION
 WILMINGTON TRUST FSB,
 as Trustee, certifies
 that this is one of
 the Notes referred
 to in the Indenture.
	 		 	
				
	By:	 	  
	 		 	Date:
		 	 Authorized Officer
	 		 	

  
 A-3

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

BURGER KING CAPITAL HOLDINGS, LLC 
 BURGER KING CAPITAL FINANCE, INC. 
 11% Senior Discount Notes due 2019 

Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. 

 

	1.	Accretion 

 The Accreted
Value of this Note will increase from the Issue Date until April 15, 2016, on the basis set forth below, such that the Accreted Value will equal the stated principal amount at maturity on April 15, 2016. Thereafter, cash interest will be
payable on this Note through April 15, 2019. 
 “Accreted Value” means, as of any date (the
“Specified Date”), the amount provided below for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of Notes: 
 (i) if
the Specified Date occurs on one of the following dates (each, a “Semi-Annual Accrual Date”), the Accreted Value will equal the amount set forth below for such Semi-Annual Accrual Date: 

 

					
	 Semi-Annual Accrual Date
	  	Accreted
Value	 
	 Issue Date
	  	$	586.13	  
	 August 15, 2011
	  	$	617.63	  
	 February 15, 2012
	  	$	651.60	  
	 August 15, 2012
	  	$	687.44	  
	 February 15, 2013
	  	$	725.25	  
	 August 15, 2013
	  	$	765.13	  
	 February 15, 2014
	  	$	807.22	  
	 August 15, 2014
	  	$	851.61	  
	 February 15, 2015
	  	$	898.45	  
	 August 15, 2015
	  	$	947.87	  
	 February 15, 2016
	  	$	1,000.00	  

 (ii) if the Specified Date occurs before the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, the Accreted Value will
equal the sum of (a) the original issue price (for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity) of a Note and (b) the amount equal to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date less such original issue
price multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the Issue Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is the number of days from the Issue Date to
the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months; 

  
 A-4

 (iii) if the Specified Date occurs between two Semi-Annual Accrual Dates, the Accreted Value
will equal the sum of (a) the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date and (b) an amount equal to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for the immediately following Semi-Annual Accrual
Date less the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the immediately preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date to the
Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is 180; or 
 (iv) if the Specified
Date occurs on or after April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value will equal $1,000. 
  

	2.	Cash Interest 

 After
April 15, 2016, the Issuers promise to pay cash interest on the principal amount at maturity of this Note at the rate of 11% per annum, which shall accrue from the most recent date to which cash interest has been paid or, if no cash
interest has been paid, from April 15, 2016. The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified herein, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of cash interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. Cash
interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 The Issuers shall
make each interest payment in cash semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2016, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an
“Interest Payment Date”) to Holders of record of Notes on the immediately preceding April 1 and October 1. 
  

	3.	Method of Payment 

 By no
later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value) of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent a
sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value), premium or interest when due. Cash interest on any Note which is payable, and is timely paid or duly provided for, on any
interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the preceding April 1 and October 1 at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained
for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture. The principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value) of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of Paying Agent
or Registrar designated by the Issuers maintained for such purpose in the United States or at such other office or agency of the Issuers as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture; provided,
however, that, at the option of the Issuers, the principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value) of (and premium, if any) and interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such
addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note
(including principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value), premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor
depository. 

  
 A-5

	4.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

The Issuers initially appoint Wilmington Trust FSB (the “Trustee”) as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The
Issuers may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice to the Holders. The Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent. 

 

	5.	Indenture 

 The Issuers
issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of April 19, 2011 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuers and the Trustee. The terms of the
Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Act”). The
Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture,
the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers.
The aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under the Indenture is unlimited. This Note is one of the 11% Senior Discount Notes, Series A, due 2019 referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include
(i) $685,000,000 principal amount at maturity of the Issuers’ 11% Senior Discount Notes, Series A, due 2019 issued under the Indenture on April 19, 2011 (the “Initial Notes”) and (ii) if and when issued,
additional 11% Senior Discount Notes, Series A, due 2019 or 11% Senior Notes, Series B, due 2019 of the Issuers that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture subsequent to April 19, 2011 (the “Additional Notes”) as
provided in Section 2.1(a) of the Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the incurrence of
indebtedness and issuance of disqualified stock and preferred stock, the making of restricted payments, the sale of assets and subsidiary stock, the incurrence of certain liens, the making of payments for consents, the entering into of agreements
that restrict distribution from restricted subsidiaries and the consummation of mergers and consolidations. The Indenture also imposes requirements with respect to the provision of financial information and the provision of guarantees of the Notes
by certain subsidiaries. 
  

	6.	Guarantees 

 To guarantee
the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest (including post-filing or post-petition interest) on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuers under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be
due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, any Restricted Subsidiaries that become Subsidiary Guarantors shall unconditionally guarantee (and future guarantors, together
with the other Subsidiary Guarantors, shall unconditionally Guarantee), jointly and severally, such obligations on a senior unsecured basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 A-6

	7.	Redemption 

 At any time
prior to April 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon notice as described in Section 5.3 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Accreted Value thereof as of, plus the Applicable Premium (as
defined below) as of, and accrued and unpaid interest (without duplication), if any, to but excluding, the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 
 Prior to April 15, 2014, the Issuers may, at their option, upon
notice as described under Section 5.3 of the Indenture, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 111.0% of the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest (without duplication) thereon, if any, to but excluding the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on
the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (a) at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes originally issued under the Indenture on the
Issue Date and any Additional Notes that are issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption and (b) each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing
of each such Equity Offering. The Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture. 
 Except as set forth above, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the Issuers’ option prior to April 15, 2015. 
 On and after April 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under Section 5.3 of the Indenture, at the redemption prices (expressed as
percentages of the Accreted Value thereof to be redeemed on the applicable date of redemption) set forth in the table below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon (without duplication), if any, to but excluding the applicable Redemption Date,
subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15, of each of the years indicated in the table
below: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Percentage	 
		
	 2015
	  	 	105.500	% 
	 2016
	  	 	102.750	% 
	 2017 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 7 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections
5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture. 

  
 A-7

 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption
Date, the greater of: 
 (1) 1.0% of the Accreted Value of such Note; and 

(2) the excess, if any, of: (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at
April 15, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above), plus (ii) all interest to accrete on such Note through April 15, 2015, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such
Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the Accreted Value of such Note at the Redemption Date. 
 “Treasury
Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15
(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period
from the Redemption Date to April 15, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to April 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities
adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 
 Except as set forth in paragraph 5 above, the Issuers are not
required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 If the Notes otherwise would
constitute “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code, at the end of each “accrual period” (as defined in Section 1272(a)(5) of the Code) ending after the fifth
anniversary of the Notes’ issuance (each, an “AHYDO redemption date”), the Issuers will be required to redeem for cash a portion of each Note then outstanding equal to the “Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount” (each
such redemption, a “Mandatory Principal Redemption”). The redemption price for the portion of each Note redeemed pursuant to any Mandatory Principal Redemption will be 100% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of such
portion plus any accrued interest thereon on the date of redemption. “Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount” means, as of each AHYDO redemption date, the portion of a Note required to be redeemed to prevent such Note from being
treated as an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code. The determination of whether the Notes would otherwise constitute “applicable high yield discount obligations”
and the amount of any related Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount shall be made in good faith by the Issuers, and such determinations shall be binding on all holders of Notes. No partial redemption or repurchase of the Notes prior to any AHYDO
redemption date pursuant to any other provision of the Indenture will alter the Issuers’ obligation to make the Mandatory Principal Redemption with respect to any Notes that remain outstanding on such AHYDO redemption date. 

 

	8.	Repurchase Provisions 

 If
a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described in Section 5.7 of 

  
 A-8

 
the Indenture, each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase from each Holder all or any part (equal to $2,000 in principal amount at maturity or an integral multiple of
$1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the Accreted Value thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest (without duplication), if any, to but excluding the date of purchase, subject to the right
of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 

 

	9.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in denominations of principal amount at maturity of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A
Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax and fees required
by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the
close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before a cash interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

  

	10.	Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

 

	11.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money
for the payment of principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value) of, premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at their request unless an
abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Issuers for payment as general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another person and not to the Trustee
for payment. 
  

	12.	Defeasance 

 Subject to
certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuers at any time may terminate some or all of their obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuers deposit with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Securities for
the payment of principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value) of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 

 

	13.	Amendment, Supplement, Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions contained in the Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended, or default may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount at
maturity of the then outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes as provided in the Indenture. 

  
 A-9

	14.	Defaults and Remedies 

 If
an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuers or certain Restricted Subsidiaries) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuers, or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the total outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016,
the Accreted Value) of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (without duplication), if any, and any other monetary obligations on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and
unpaid interest and any other monetary obligations shall be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuers or certain Restricted Subsidiaries occurs and is continuing, the principal (or if prior to
April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value) of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and any other monetary obligations on all the Notes shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the
Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. 

 

	15.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuers 

 Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, Subsidiary
Guarantors, if any, or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
  

	16.	No Recourse Against Others 

An incorporator, director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, or any of their parent
companies, solely by reason of this status, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such
obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are a part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 

 

	17.	Authentication 

 This Note
shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

 

	18.	Abbreviations 

 Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and
U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 

  
 A-10

	19.	CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers 

 The Issuer has caused CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers, if applicable, to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of
redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	20.	Governing Law 

 This Note
shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
 The Issuers shall furnish to any
Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: 
 Burger King
Capital Holdings, LLC 
 5505 Blue Lagoon Drive 
 Miami, Florida 33126 
 Attention: General Counsel 

with a copy to: 
 Kirkland & Ellis LLP 
 601 Lexington Ave 

New York, New York 10022 
 Attention: Joshua N. Korff 
 Telecopy: (212) 446-4900 

E-mail: joshua.korff@kirkland.com 

  
 A-11

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this
Note to: 
  
  

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 

 
  
 (Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint
             agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 
  
  

									
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

		 	(Signature must be
guaranteed)                                

  
  
 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 
 The signature(s) should be
guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 

The undersigned hereby certifies that it — is / — is
not an Affiliate of the Issuers and that, to its knowledge, the proposed transferee — is / — is not an Affiliate of the Issuers. 

In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is one
year after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being: 

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW: 
  

					
	(1)	  	 ̈	  	acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer; or
			
	(2)	  	 ̈	  	transferred to the Issuers; or
			
	(3)	  	 ̈	  	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); or
			
	(4)	  	 ̈	  	transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or

  
 A-12

					
			
	(5)	  	 ̈	  	transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act; or
			
	(6)	  	 ̈	  	transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act), that has furnished to the Trustee a signed
letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter appears as Section 2.8 of the Indenture); or
			
	(7)	  	 ̈	  	transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee shall refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate
in the name of any person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Issuers may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, in their sole discretion,
such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuers may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

					
		 		 	  

		 		 	Signature
	Signature Guarantee:	 		 	
			
	  
	 		 	  

	(Signature must be guaranteed)	 		 	Signature

  
  

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with
membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 
 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF BOX
(1) OR (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own
account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is
aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information
and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 

 

	
	  

	Dated:

  
 A-13

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES 
 The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of decrease in Principal
Amount at
Maturity of this
Global Note	  	Amount of increase in Principal
Amount at
Maturity of this
Global Note	  	Principal Amount at Maturity of
this
Global Note following such
decrease or increase	  	Signature of authorized
signatory of 
Trustee or Notes
Custodian

  
 A-14

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.10 of the Indenture, check either box:

  

									
		  	 
  
	 ̈
 3.5
	  

  
	  	 ̈
 3.10
	  	

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5
or 3.10 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in denominations of $2,000 principal amount at maturity or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof):
$                                         and
specify the denomination or denominations (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) of the Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the within Note not being repurchased (in the absence of any such specification,
one such Note shall be issued for the portion not being repurchased):                     . 

 

					
	Date:                     	 	Your Signature	 	  

		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

		 	(Signature must be
guaranteed)                                       
 

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan
associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 A-15

 EXHIBIT B: Form of Series B Note 

[FORM OF FACE OF SERIES B NOTE] 
 [Depository Legend, if applicable] 
 [OID Legend] 

[Temporary Regulation S Legend, if applicable] 
  

					
	No. [        ]	 		 	Principal Amount At Maturity
		 		 	$[            ] [as revised by the Schedule
		 		 	of Increases and Decreases in Global Note
		 		 	attached hereto]3
		 		 	CUSIP NO.

 BURGER KING CAPITAL HOLDINGS, LLC 
 BURGER KING CAPITAL FINANCE, INC. 
 11% Senior Discount Notes due 2019 

Burger King Capital Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Burger King Capital Finance, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (collectively, the “Issuers”), promises to pay to [Cede &
Co.]3, or its registered assigns, the principal amount at
maturity, [as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto]3, on April 15, 2019. 
 Cash Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and
October 15, commencing on October 15, 2016 
 Record Dates: April 1 and October 1 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

 

	3 	 Insert in Global Notes only 

  
 B-1

  
 1 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	BURGER KING CAPITAL HOLDINGS, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	BURGER KING CAPITAL FINANCE, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 B-1

							
	 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF
 AUTHENTICATION
 WILMINGTON TRUST FSB,
 as Trustee, certifies
 that this is one of
 the Notes referred
 to in the Indenture.
	 		 	
				
	By:	 	  
	 		 	Date:
		 	Authorized Officer	 		 	

  
 B-2

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE] 

BURGER KING CAPITAL HOLDINGS, LLC 
 BURGER KING CAPITAL FINANCE, INC. 
 11% Senior Discount Notes due 2019 

Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. 

 

	1.	Accretion 

 The Accreted
Value of this Note will increase from the Issue Date until April 15, 2016, on the basis set forth below, such that the Accreted Value will equal the stated principal amount at maturity on April 15, 2016. Thereafter, cash interest will be
payable on this Note through April 15, 2019. 
 “Accreted Value” means, as of any date (the
“Specified Date”), the amount provided below for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of Notes: 
 (i) if
the Specified Date occurs on one of the following dates (each, a “Semi-Annual Accrual Date”), the Accreted Value will equal the amount set forth below for such Semi-Annual Accrual Date: 

 

					
	 Semi-Annual Accrual Date
	  	Accreted
Value	 
	 Issue Date
	  	$	586.13	  
	 August 15, 2011
	  	$	617.63	  
	 February 15, 2012
	  	$	651.60	  
	 August 15, 2012
	  	$	687.44	  
	 February 15, 2013
	  	$	725.25	  
	 August 15, 2013
	  	$	765.13	  
	 February 15, 2014
	  	$	807.22	  
	 August 15, 2014
	  	$	851.61	  
	 February 15, 2015
	  	$	898.45	  
	 August 15, 2015
	  	$	947.87	  
	 February 15, 2016
	  	$	1,000.00	  

 (ii) if the Specified Date occurs before the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, the Accreted Value will
equal the sum of (a) the original issue price (for each $1,000 principal amount at maturity) of a Note and (b) the amount equal to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date less such original issue
price multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the Issue Date to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is the number of days from the Issue Date to
the first Semi-Annual Accrual Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months; 

  
 B-3

 (iii) if the Specified Date occurs between two Semi-Annual Accrual Dates, the Accreted
Value will equal the sum of (a) the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date and (b) an amount equal to the product of (x) the Accreted Value for the immediately following Semi-Annual
Accrual Date less the Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual Date immediately preceding such Specified Date multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from the immediately preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date
to the Specified Date, using a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, and the denominator of which is 180; or 
 (iv) if the
Specified Date occurs on or after April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value will equal $1,000. 
  

	2.	Cash Interest 

 After
April 15, 2016, the Issuers promise to pay cash interest on the principal amount at maturity of this Note at the rate of 11% per annum, which shall accrue from the most recent date to which cash interest has been paid or, if no cash
interest has been paid, from April 15, 2016. The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified herein, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of cash interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. Cash
interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
 The Issuers shall
make each interest payment in cash semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2016, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an
“Interest Payment Date”) to Holders of record of Notes on the immediately preceding April 1 and October 1. 
  

	3.	Method of Payment 

 By no
later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value) of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Issuers shall deposit with the Paying Agent a
sum sufficient in immediately available funds to pay such principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value), premium or interest when due. Cash interest on any Note which is payable, and is timely paid or duly provided for, on any
interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the preceding April 1 and October 1 at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained
for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture. The principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value) of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of Paying Agent
or Registrar designated by the Issuers maintained for such purpose in the United States or at such other office or agency of the Issuers as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Indenture; provided,
however, that, at the option of the Issuers, the principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value) of (and premium, if any) and interest may be paid by (i) check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such
addresses shall appear on the Notes Register or (ii) wire transfer to an account located in the United States maintained by the payee, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph. Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note
(including principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value), premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company or any successor
depository. 

  
 B-4

	4.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 The Issuers initially appoint Wilmington Trust FSB (the “Trustee”) as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes. The Issuers may change any Registrar or Paying Agent without prior notice
to the Holders. The Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent. 
  

	5.	Indenture 

 The Issuers
issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of April 19, 2011 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Issuers and the Trustee. The terms of the
Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Act”). The
Notes are subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture,
the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers.
The aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under the Indenture is unlimited. This Note is one of the 11% Senior Discount Notes, Series A, due 2019 referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include
(i) $685,000,000 principal amount at maturity of the Issuers’ 11% Senior Discount Notes, Series A, due 2019 issued under the Indenture on April 19, 2011 (the “Initial Notes”) and (ii) if and when issued,
additional 11% Senior Discount Notes, Series A, due 2019 or 11% Senior Notes, Series B, due 2019 of the Issuers that may be issued from time to time under the Indenture subsequent to April 19, 2011 (the “Additional Notes”) as
provided in Section 2.1(a) of the Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be considered collectively as a single class for all purposes of the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the incurrence of
indebtedness and issuance of disqualified stock and preferred stock, the making of restricted payments, the sale of assets and subsidiary stock, the incurrence of certain liens, the making of payments for consents, the entering into of agreements
that restrict distribution from restricted subsidiaries and the consummation of mergers and consolidations. The Indenture also imposes requirements with respect to the provision of financial information and the provision of guarantees of the Notes
by certain subsidiaries. 
  

	6.	Guarantees 

 To guarantee
the due and punctual payment of the principal, premium, if any, and interest (including post-filing or post-petition interest) on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuers under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be
due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, any Restricted Subsidiaries that become Subsidiary Guarantors shall unconditionally guarantee (and future guarantors, together
with the other Subsidiary Guarantors, shall unconditionally Guarantee), jointly and severally, such obligations on a senior unsecured basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 B-5

	7.	Redemption 

 At any time
prior to April 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon notice as described in Section 5.3 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the Accreted Value thereof as of, plus the Applicable Premium (as
defined below) as of, and accrued and unpaid interest (without duplication), if any, to but excluding, the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”), subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date. 
 Prior to April 15, 2014, the Issuers may, at their option, upon
notice as described under Section 5.3 of the Indenture, on one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of the Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price equal to 111.0% of the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest (without duplication) thereon, if any, to but excluding the applicable Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on
the relevant interest payment date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that (a) at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of Notes originally issued under the Indenture on the
Issue Date and any Additional Notes that are issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption and (b) each such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of closing
of each such Equity Offering. The Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture. 
 Except as set forth above, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the Issuers’ option prior to April 15, 2015. 
 On and after April 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice as described under Section 5.3 of the Indenture, at the redemption prices (expressed as
percentages of the Accreted Value thereof to be redeemed on the applicable date of redemption) set forth in the table below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon (without duplication), if any, to but excluding the applicable Redemption Date,
subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on April 15, of each of the years indicated in the table
below: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Percentage	 
		
	 2015
	  	 	105.500	% 
	 2016
	  	 	102.750	% 
	 2017 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 Any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 7 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 5.1 through 5.6 of the Indenture. 

  
 B-6

 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption
Date, the greater of: 
 (1) 1.0% of the Accreted Value of such Note; and 

(2) the excess, if any, of: (a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at
April 15, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing above), plus (ii) all interest to accrete on such Note through April 15, 2015, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such
Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over (b) the Accreted Value of such Note at the Redemption Date. 

“Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States
Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date (or, if such
Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to April 15, 2015; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date
to April 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 

Except as set forth in paragraph 5 above, the Issuers are not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with
respect to the Notes. 
 If the Notes otherwise would constitute “applicable high yield discount obligations” within
the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code, at the end of each “accrual period” (as defined in Section 1272(a)(5) of the Code) ending after the fifth anniversary of the Notes’ issuance (each, an “AHYDO redemption
date”), the Issuers will be required to redeem for cash a portion of each Note then outstanding equal to the “Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount” (each such redemption, a “Mandatory Principal Redemption”). The
redemption price for the portion of each Note redeemed pursuant to any Mandatory Principal Redemption will be 100% of the aggregate principal amount at maturity of such portion plus any accrued interest thereon on the date of redemption.
“Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount” means, as of each AHYDO redemption date, the portion of a Note required to be redeemed to prevent such Note from being treated as an “applicable high yield discount obligation”
within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code. The determination of whether the Notes would otherwise constitute “applicable high yield discount obligations” and the amount of any related Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount
shall be made in good faith by the Issuers, and such determinations shall be binding on all holders of Notes. No partial redemption or repurchase of the Notes prior to any AHYDO redemption date pursuant to any other provision of the Indenture will
alter the Issuers’ obligation to make the Mandatory Principal Redemption with respect to any Notes that remain outstanding on such AHYDO redemption date. 
  

	8.	Repurchase Provisions 

If a Change of Control occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the
outstanding Notes as described in Section 5.7 of 

  
 B-7

 
the Indenture, each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase from each Holder all or any part (equal to $2,000 in principal amount at maturity or an integral multiple of
$1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the Accreted Value thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest (without duplication), if any, to but excluding the date of purchase, subject to the right
of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 

 

	9.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in denominations of principal amount at maturity of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A
Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax and fees required
by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Note (A) for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the
close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before a cash interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date or (B) called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

  

	10.	Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

 

	11.	Unclaimed Money 

 If
money for the payment of principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value) of, premium, if any, or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at their request unless
an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Issuers for payment as general creditors unless an abandoned property law designates another person and not to the
Trustee for payment. 
  

	12.	Defeasance 

 Subject to
certain exceptions and conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuers at any time may terminate some or all of their obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuers deposit with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Securities for
the payment of principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value) of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 

 

	13.	Amendment, Supplement, Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions contained in the Indenture, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended, or default may be waived, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount at
maturity of the then outstanding Notes. Without notice to or the consent of any Holder, the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture and the Notes as provided in the Indenture. 

  
 B-8

	14.	Defaults and Remedies 

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the
Issuers or certain Restricted Subsidiaries) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the total outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may,
and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value) of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (without duplication), if any, and any other monetary
obligations on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest and any other monetary obligations shall be due and payable immediately. If a bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization of the Issuers or certain Restricted Subsidiaries occurs and is continuing, the principal (or if prior to April 15, 2016, the Accreted Value) of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and any other monetary obligations
on all the Notes shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount at maturity of the then
outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. 
  

	15.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuers 

 Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers, Subsidiary
Guarantors, if any, or their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
  

	16.	No Recourse Against Others 

 An incorporator, director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, or any of their parent companies, solely by reason of this status, shall not have any
liability for any obligations of the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Note, each Holder waives
and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are a part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes. 
  

	17.	Authentication 

 This
Note shall not be valid until an authorized officer of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

 

	18.	Abbreviations 

 Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (= joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= custodian) and
U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 

  
 B-9

	19.	CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers 

 The Issuer has caused CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers, if applicable, to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers, if applicable, in notices of
redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other
identification numbers placed thereon. 
  

	20.	Governing Law 

 This Note
shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
 The Issuers shall furnish to any
Holder upon written request and without charge to the Holder a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: 
 Burger King
Capital Holdings, LLC 
 5505 Blue Lagoon Drive 
 Miami, Florida 33126 
 Attention: General Counsel 

with a copy to: 
 Kirkland & Ellis LLP 
 601 Lexington Ave 

New York, New York 10022 
 Attention: Joshua N. Korff 
 Telecopy: (212) 446-4900 

E-mail: joshua.korff@kirkland.com 

  
 B-10

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this
Note to: 
  
  

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 

 
  
 (Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint
             agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 
  
  

									
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

		 	(Signature must be
guaranteed)                                

  
  
 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 
 The signature(s) should be
guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 B-11

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTES 
 The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of decrease in Principal
Amount at
Maturity of this
Global Note	  	Amount of increase in Principal
Amount at
Maturity of this
Global Note	  	Principal Amount at Maturity of
this
Global Note following such
decrease or increase	  	Signature of authorized
signatory of 
Trustee or Notes
Custodian

  
 B-12

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3.5 or 3.10 of the Indenture, check either box:

  

									
		  	 
  
	 ̈
 3.5
	  

  
	  	 ̈
 3.10
	  	

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to
Section 3.5 or 3.10 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be in denominations of $2,000 principal amount at maturity or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof):
$                                         and
specify the denomination or denominations (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) of the Notes to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the within Note not being repurchased (in the absence of any such specification,
one such Note shall be issued for the portion not being repurchased):                     . 

 

					
	Date:                     	 	Your Signature	 	  

		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Note)

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

		 	(Signature must be
guaranteed)                                       
 

 The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan
associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15. 

  
 B-13

  
 1 

 EXHIBIT C: Form of Indenture Supplement to Add Future Subsidiary Guarantors

 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO ADD FUTURE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS 

This Supplemental Indenture is entered into as of
[                    ], 20[    ] (this “Supplemental Indenture”), by and among [NAME OF FUTURE
GUARANTOR] (the “New Guarantor”), a subsidiary of Burger King Capital Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and Wilmington Trust FSB, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below.

 W I T N E S S E T H: 
 WHEREAS, the Company and Burger King Capital Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation (collectively, the “Issuers”) and the Trustee have heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture dated as of
April 19, 2011 (as supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount at maturity of $685.0 million of 11% Senior Discount Notes due 2019 of the Issuers (the
“Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the New Guarantor shall execute and
deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the
Indenture (the “Guarantee”); and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized
to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS 

SECTION 1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital
hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any
particular section hereof. 

  
 C-1

 ARTICLE II 
 REPRESENTATIONS; AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND; GUARANTEE 
 SECTION 2.1
Representations. The New Guarantor represents and warrants to the Trustee as follows: 
 (i) It is duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. 
 (ii) The
execution, delivery and performance by it of this Supplemental Indenture have been authorized and approved by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action on its part. 

SECTION 2.2 Agreement to be Bound. The New Guarantor hereby becomes a party to the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor and as such
shall have all of the rights and be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture. The New Guarantor agrees to be bound by all of the provisions of the Indenture applicable to a Subsidiary Guarantor
and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.3
Guarantee. The New Guarantor agrees, on a joint and several basis with all the existing Guarantors, to fully, unconditionally and irrevocably Guarantee to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the Guaranteed Obligations pursuant to Article
X of the Indenture on a senior unsecured basis. 
 ARTICLE III 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION 3.1 Notices. All notices and other communications to the New Guarantor shall be given as provided in the Indenture to the New Guarantor, at its address set forth below, with a copy to the
Issuers as provided in the Indenture for notices to the Issuers. 
 SECTION 3.2 Parties. Nothing expressed or mentioned
herein is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, firm or corporation, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Supplemental Indenture or the Indenture or any
provision herein or therein contained. 
 SECTION 3.3 Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by,
and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. 
 SECTION 3.4 Severability Clause. In case any
provision in this Supplemental Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective
only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability. 

  
 C-2

 SECTION 3.5 Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture.
Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the
Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or with
respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto. 
 SECTION 3.6
Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

SECTION 3.7 Headings. The headings of the Articles and the sections in this Supplemental Indenture are for convenience of
reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof. 

  
 C-3

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	 [NEW GUARANTOR],
 as a Subsidiary Guarantor

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
		 	[Address]

  

			
	 WILMINGTON TRUST FSB,
 as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 C-4List of signatories to Indemnity Agreement

 Exhibit 10.4 
 LIST OF SIGNATORIES TO INDEMNITY AGREEMENT 
 The following is a list of the
executive officers and directors of IXYS Corporation who are signatories to the form of Indemnity Agreement attached to the Annual Report on Form 10-K as Exhibit 10.3: 
 Donald Feucht 
 Samuel Kory 
 S. Joon Lee 
 Timothy Richardson 
 Uzi Sasson 
 James Thorburn 
 Kenneth Wong 
 Nathan Zommer

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00205-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00205-of-00352.parquet"}]]